တက္ကသိုလ်ဝင်တန်း သင်္ချာ DBE အနှစ်ချုပ်

Phyo Min Zaw (M.C.
Sc) MCK Education Center Math
သခ်ၤာအမွတ္ေပး စည္းမ်ဥ္းပံုစံ
1. 1မွတ္တန္ -၂၅ပုဒ္ =၂၅မွတ္
2. ၃မွတ္တန္-၅ပုဒ္ = ၁၅မွတ္
3. ၅မွတ္တန္ ပါ ၂ပုဒ္ ၁၀မွတ္
ႀကိဳက္ရာ ၆ပုဒ္ေျဖ =၆၀မွတ္
===================
ေပါင္း =၁၀၀မွတ္
၁မွတ္တန္ ၂၅ပုဒ္ အခန္းလိုက္ ေမးေသာ နံပါတ္မ်ား

1. (1) Chapter(1) compositive (or) inverse (1 mark)
(2) Chapter(1) binomial (1 mark)
(3) Chapter (2)remainder(1 mark)
(4) Chapter(2)factor(1 mark)
(5) Chapter (3)binomial(1 mark)
(6) Chapter (3)binomial(1 mark)
(7) Chapter (4)inequation(1 mark)
(8) Chapter (5)AP(1 mark)
(9) Chapter (5) GP(1 mark)
(10) Chapter (5)GP (or) AP(1 mark)
(11) Chapter (6)Matrices(1 mark)
(12) Chapter (6) Matrices(1 mark)
(13) Chapter (7) Probability(1 mark)
(14) Chapter (7) Probability(1 mark)
(15) Chapter (8) Circles(1 mark)
(16)Chapter (8) Circles(1 mark)
(17) Chapter(9) Similarity(1 mark)
(18) Chapter (10) Vector(1 mark)
(19) Chapter (10) Vector(1 mark)
(20) Chapter (11) Trigo(1 mark)
(23) Chapter (12)Calculus(1 mark)
(24) Chapter (12)Calculus(1 mark)
(25) Chapter (12) Calculus(1 mark)
(3မွတ္တန္ ) (၅ပုဒ)္
2. Chapter(1) compositive (or) inverse (3marks)
(or)
Chapter (2)remainder (or) factor(3marks)
3. Chapter (5)AP(3marks)
1
Phyo Min Zaw (M.C.Sc) MCK Education Center Math
(or)
Chapter (5) GP(3marks)
4. Chapter (10) Vector / Chapter (8) Circles(3marks)
5. Chapter (11) Trigo(3marks)
6. Chapter (12)Calculus/ Limit(3marks)
(၅မွတ္တန္) ႀကိဳက္ရာ (၆)ပုဒ္ေျဖ

7. (a) Chapter(1) compositive (or) inverse (5 marks)
(b) Chapter(1) binomial (5 marks)
8. (a) Chapter (2)remainder / factor(5 marks)

(b) Chapter (3)binomial(5 marks)
9. (a) Chapter (4)inequation(5 marks)
(b) Chapter (5)AP(5 marks)
10. (a) Chapter (5) GP(5 marks)

(b) Chapter (6)Matrices(5 marks)
11. (a) Chapter (6)Matrices(5 marks)

(b) Chapter (7) Probability(5 marks)
12. (a) Chapter (8) Circles(5 marks)

(b) Chapter (8) Circles(5 marks)
13. (a) Chapter(9) Similarity(5 marks)

(b) Chapter (10) Vector(5 marks)
14. (a) Chapter (11) Trigo(5 marks)

(b)Chapter (11) Trigo(5 marks)
15. (a)Chapter (12)Calculus(5 marks)

(b)Chapter (12)Calculus(5 marks)
===============================
2
Chapter 1
Function
1.1 Function
Function can be described in five ways.
1. A verbal statement
E.g.
A={1,2}, B={5,10,15}
A function from A to B
By a verbal statement,
“is one fifth of”
2. An arrow diagram
3. A set of order pairs

{(1,5), (2,10)}
4. A table form
x 1 2
5x 5 10
5. A graph
Function
3
A function from a set A to a set B

Each element of A relates to exactly one element of B.
x is related to y: x↦y
y = the image of x
A= domain of the function
B= codomain of the function
R= the range of the function (the set of all images)
R={y∈B| y is the image of some x in A}
R⊂B means that the range is a subset of the codomain.
1.2 Function Notation

f: A B means that “f is a function from A to B”.
f: x ↦ y means that “ f maps x to y” or
“ y is the image of x under f”
y= f(x) means that y is denoted by f(x).
f(x) means that “ f of x”.
f: x ↦ 3x means that “ 3x is the image of x under f”.
f(x)= x2+ x+ 1 is called “ the formula for the function f”.
 f maps both 2 and -3 to 9.

 That is f(2)= 9, f(-3)=9
 it is not a one-to-one function.
 The image of 2 under g = g(2)

o The image of -1 under f is 3
o that is f(-1)=3
Equality of function
Two functions f and g are equal (that is f=g) if and only if
(1) f and g have the same domain,
(2) f and g have the same codomain, and
(3) f(x)=g(x) for each element x of the domain
In symbol,
f: AB and g:A B have the same function
if and only if
f(x)=g(x) for each x in A.
Appendix
4
Change a=31.62 and t(30°)=1.366to three significant figure.

a=31.6 (3.s.f)
t(30°)=1.37 (3.s.f)
1.3 Some ideas on Functions

Range
f:A  B.
x∈A , y∈B
f: x ↦y
A = domain of th function
The set of all images of element of A= the range of the function.
Rf(A)= the range of f.
Rf(A)={f(x)| x∈A}.
One-to-One correspondence
Let f:A B be function.
Each element of B is related to exactly one element of A.
Then f is called a one-to-one correspondence between A and B.
The set A and B are said to be in one-to-one correspondence.
Some useful functions

(1)Constant function
Let f: RR
f(x)=k, k𝛜R is a constant.
f(-1)=k
f(0)=k
f(4)=k
f(5)=k,…etc
The function f is called a constant function.
(2) Identity function on A

Let I:A A be a function.
I(x)=x is called the identity function on A.
Each element of A is related to itself.
I(1)=1
I(0)=0
I(-3)=-3
I is a one-to-one correspondcec between A and A.
5
(3) Modulus function

f(x)=|𝑥|
(or)
x if x≥0
f(x)=
-x if x<0
|𝑥| 𝑖𝑠 𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑥 𝑜𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑏𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑥.
E.g
|2| = 2, |−5| = 5, |0| = 0
𝑓: 𝑅 → 𝑅 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑏𝑦
𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥| 𝑖𝑠 𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑢𝑠 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛.
Fig: modulus function.
4. Step function
Let A={x|0≤x≤3} and B=R.
Let f:A B be defined by
𝟎 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝟎 ≤ 𝒙 < 𝟏
f(x)= 𝟏 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝟏 ≤ 𝒙 < 𝟐
𝟐 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝟐 ≤ 𝒙 < 𝟑
This function is called a step function.
6
1.4 Composite function of Functions

Let f:A B and g:BC be given functions.
the range of f is a subset of the domain of g.
(g∘f)(x)= g(f(x))
g∘f is called the composite of f and g.
g∘f is read “ g circle f”.
(f∘g)(x)=f(g(x))
1.5 Some Properties of Composite of functions.

Closure
By the definition of composition of two functions, the composite of functions is again a
function. In most applications we work on particular sets of functions, and we should like the
composite of two functions of a certain type to be of the same type.
Eg.
f(x)= 2x+3, g(x) =5x-4 : this functions are known as linear function.
(f∘g)(x)=10x -5,
(g∘f)(x)= 10x+11,
both f∘g and g∘f are also linear functions.
Linear functions are closed under composition.
Closure property is satisfy.
Eg.
f:AA, g:AA
f∘g :A A
7
These functions f and g and composition function f∘g are one to one correspondence.
One-to-one correspondence between A and A are closed under composition.
Closure property is satisfy.
Associative property
(h∘(g∘f))(x) = h((g∘f)(x))=h(g(f(x)))
((h∘g) ∘f)(x)= (h∘g)(f(x))
(h∘(g∘f))(x)= ((h∘g) ∘f)(x)
h∘(g∘f)= (h∘g) ∘f
It illustrates the associative property of composition of functions.
Identity function
I:RR defined by I(x)=x
f:RR be a function.
(f∘I)(x)=f(x)
(I∘f)(x)=f(x)
∴(f∘I)(x)=(I∘f)(x)=f(x)
f∘I =I∘f = f
Commutativity
The composition of functions does not, in general, obey the commutative law.
In particular case, f∘g= g∘f
In general, f∘g ≠ g∘f
1.6 Inverse functions

f:AB
g:BA
y=f(x)⇔x=f-1(y)
To find Inverse function
Our main purpose is to obtain a function from B to A.
8
This does not give us a function from B to A.

The inverse of the given function f does not exist.
When the function f is not a one-to-one correspondence, the inverse of the given function f
does not exist, i.e., f-1 does not exist.
This does not give us a function from B to A.

There is no inverse function.
Observe again that the given function f is not a one-to-one correspondence and that f-1 does
not exist.
Condition for Existence Inverse function

g:B A
g(b)=x, g is called the inverse of f (g=f-1)
f(x)=b
f:A B has the inverse function g:B A if and only if f is a one-to-one correspondence
between A and B.
y=f(x) ⟺ x= f-1(y)
(or)
Let f-1(x)=y ⟺ f(y)= x
9
Domain of f = {x| x∈R, x≠k, k=constant}

Eg.
𝟐
𝒇(𝒙) =
𝟑 − 𝟒𝒙
𝟑
Domain of f = {x| x∈R, x≠ }
𝟒
𝟑𝒙 − 𝟐
𝒇 𝟏 (𝒙) =
𝟒𝒙
Domain of f-1={x| x∈R, x≠0}
1.8 Binary operation

f:N×N N
(x,y) ↦ f((x,y))=x+y
Defintion
A binary operation “⊙” on a set A is a function from A×A into A. The domain of “⊙” is
A×A and the range of “⊙” is a subset of A.
Closure Property
⊙(x,y)= x⊙y ∈A whenever (x,y) ∈ A×A
Remark
(1) If N is the set of natural numbers, then the function
Addition
⊙: N×N  N defined by
(x, y) ↦x⊙y= x+y
is a binary operation. That is, addition is a binary operation on the set of natural
numbers.
(2) Similarly, multiplication
⊙: N×N  N defined by
(x, y) ↦x⊙y= xy
is a binary operation. That is, multiplication is a binary operation on the set of natural
numbers.
Remark
The simplest way to show the elements produced by a binary operation is by construction of a
table (known as Cayley table) as shown in figure below.
The elements a⊙b can be found at the intersection of the row containing a and the column
containing b.
10
Definition 2:
A binary operation ⊙: A×A A
(a, b) ↦ a⊙b
is said to be commutative if and only if
a⊙b= b⊙a
Composite
⊙ is a binary operation.
⊙: A×A  A
(a, b) ↦ a⊙b
(a⊙b) ⊙c means that (a, b) ↦ a⊙b ∈A, and
(a⊙b, c) ↦ (a⊙b) ⊙c
Definition 3
A binary operation ⊙: A×A A
(a, b) ↦ a⊙b
is said to be associative if and only if
a⊙(b⊙c)= (a⊙b)⊙c
Cayley Tables
 Cayley tables are widely used for binary operation.
Example
Let A={0, 1, 2, 3, 4} and a binary operation ⊕:A× AA be defined by (x, y) ↦x⊕y=r,
where r is the remainder when x+y is divided by 5. (Here + is the usual addition). Complete
the following Cayley’s table. This kind of binary operation is called 5-hour clock arithmetic
or arithmetic modulo 5.]
11
⊕ 0 1 2 3 4
0 0 1 2 3 4
1 1 2 3 4 0
2 2 3 4 0 1
3 3 4 0 1 2
4 4 0 1 2 3
This kind of binary operation together with set A is called 5-hour clock arithmetic or
arithmetic modulo-5.
 ⊕3 denotes addition in 3-hour clock arithmetic (based on a clock with the numerals 0, 1,
2).
x⊕3 y = the remainder when x+y is divided by 3.
 ⊗5 is multiplication in 5-hour clock arithmetic. (Notice that the entries are the remainders
on division by 5)
x⊗5 y = the remainder when xy is divided by 5
12
Chapter 2
Factor and remainder
The remainder theorem
𝒇(𝒙) ÷ (𝒙 − 𝒌) → 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒓𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝒇(𝒌)
𝒇(𝒙) ÷ (𝒙 + 𝒌) → 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒓𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝒇(−𝒌)
𝒃
𝒇(𝒙) ÷ (𝒂𝒙 − 𝒃) → 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒓𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝒇
𝒂
𝒃
𝒇(𝒙) ÷ (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒌) → 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒓𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝒇 −
𝒂
𝒇(𝒙) ÷ 𝒙 → 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒓𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝒇(𝟎)
Prove if f(x) is divided by (x-k), the remainder is f(k)

Proof:
Let Q(x) be the quotient.
Let R be the remainder when f(x)÷(x – k).
Q(x)
(x – k) f(x)
R
f(x)= (x – k) Q(x) + R
Substitute k for x,
f(k) = (k – k) Q(x)+ R
=0+R
=R
∴ f (k) =R
The remainder = f(k)
This is the remainder theorem.
𝒃 𝒃
Prove that if f(x) is divided by (ax – b) or (x- ) , the remainder is 𝒇 .
𝒂 𝒂
Proof:
𝒃
Let R be the remainder when f(x)÷(x – ).
𝒂
Q(x)
𝒃
(x – ) f(x)
𝒂
R
𝒃
f(x)= (x – ) Q(x) + 𝑹
𝒂
𝒃
𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙 − 𝑸(𝒙) + 𝑹
𝒂
𝒂𝒙 − 𝒃
= 𝑸(𝒙) + 𝑹
𝒂
13
𝑸(𝒙)
= (𝒂𝒙 − 𝒃) +𝑹
𝒂
𝒃
𝒇 =𝟎+𝑹
𝒂
𝒃
𝒇 =𝑹
𝒂
𝒃
𝐓𝐡𝐞 𝐫𝐞𝐦𝐚𝐢𝐧𝐝𝐞𝐫 = 𝒇( )
𝒂
The factor theorem
(1) (x-k) is a factor of f(x)f(k)=0

(2) (x+k) is a factor of f(x)f(-k)=0
(3) (ax-b) is a factor of f(x) f( )=0
(4) (ax+b) is a factor of f(x) f(− )=0
Factor Theorem
Prove if the remainder is zero, f(x) is divisible by (x-k) that is (x – k) is a factor of f(x).
Proof:
Let R be the remainder when f(x)÷(x – k).
Q(x)
(x – k) f(x)
0
f(x)= (x – k) Q(x) + 0
Substitute k for x,
f(k) = (k – k) Q(x)
=0
∴ f (k) =0
The remainder = f(k) = 0
∴(x – k ) is a factor of f(x). (or)
f(x) is divisible by (x – k).
This is the factor theorem.
Notes:
To find factors,
f(x)= x3 – 3x2 – 4x +12
Consider the integers which divides 12.
They are ±1, ±2, ±3, ±4, ±6, ±12.
If also the polynomial +, - , +, -,

f(x) = x3 – 3x2 +4x – 12
14
They are -1, -2, -3, -4, -6, -12.
ဆခြဲကိန္း factor ၁ခုရလွ်င္ စားပါ။

Q(x)
(x – k) f(x)
0
factor ျဖစ္၍ အၾကြင္း ၀ ထြက္ရမည္။
f(x)၏ အႀကီးဆံုး ထပ္ကိန္းမွာ သံုးထပ္ျဖစ္၍ အားလံုး ဆခြဲကိန္း ခြဲႏိုင္လွ်င္ ၃ကြင္း ထြက္မည္။
f(x) = ( )( )( )
 Find the factors ေမးလွ်င္
 The factors are ( ), ( ) and ( )ဟု ေျဖရမည္။
o Factorize completely ဟု ေမးလွ်င္

o f(x) = ( )( )( )
o တြင္ ရပ္ရမည္။
 Solve ေမးလွ်င္ ေပးထားခ်က္တြင္ f(x)=0 ဟု ေပးရမည္။ xကို ရွာခိုင္းျခင္း ျဖစ္သည္။

 f(x)=0 ဟု ေရးပါ။ ဆခြဲကိန္း ရွာ။ စားပါ။ f(x)=0 ဟု ေရး
 ( ) ( ) ( ) =0 ဟု ေရးပါ။
 x= or x= or x = ရမည္။ (၃ထပ္ဆို ၃ေျဖ။ ၄ထပ္ဆို x အေျဖ ၄ေျဖ ရမည္။
Solve the equations:
x4 -4x3 – x2+16x=12ဟု ေပးလွ်င္ ညာဘက္ျခမ္း 0 ျဖစ္ေအာင္ လုပ္ပါ။ Solve ေမး ၍ မသိကိန္း x
ရွာ ခိုင္းသည္။
၄ထပ္ ရွိ၍ ဆခြဲကိန္း ၄ခုရမည္။ ထို႕ေၾကာင့္ xအေျဖ ၄ေျဖ ရမည္။
x4 -4x3 – x2+16x=12
x4 -4x3 – x2+16x-12=0
Let f(x)= x4 -4x3 – x2 + 16x -12
Consider the integers which divides 12. (၁၂နဲ႕ စား ျပတ္မဲ့ ကိန္း စဥ္းစား၊ ၄ထပ္ျဖစ္၍ ဆခြဲကိန္း
၂ခုရွာ)
They are ±1, ±2, ±3, ±4, ±6, ±12.
ရလာတဲ့ ဆခြဲကိန္း ၂ခုကို ေျမႇာက္ ၂ထပ္ကိန္း ဆခြဲကိန္းရ။
၂ထပ္ကိန္း ဆခြဲကိန္း နဲ႕စား။ ျပတ္ရမည္။ အၾကြင္း သုညထြက္ရမည္။
x2+….
(x2+…) f(x)
15
0
f(x)= (x2+……)(x2+ ……..)
Since f(x)=0,
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) =0
x= or x = or x= or x
Common factor / Common root

If f(x) and g(x) have common root, ဟု ေပးလွ်င္
Solution:
Let f(x)=
Let g(x)=
Let c be the common root of f(x) and g(x) ဟု ေရး
(x – c) is a common factor of f(x) and g(x).
f(c)= 0 ------------(1)
g(c) = 0 ------------(2)
f(c) = g(c) ညီေပး

c တန္ဖိုးရ။
If f(x) and g(x) have common factor, ဟု ေပးလွ်င္
Solution:
Let f(x)=
Let g(x)=
(x – c) is a common factor of f(x) and g(x).
f(c)= 0 ------------(1)
g(c) = 0 ------------(2)
f(c) = g(c) ညီေပး
c တန္ဖိုးရ။
16
Chapter 3
binomial
1.
(x+y)1 = x+y
(x+y)2 = x2+2xy+y2
(x+y)3 = x3+3x2y+3xy2+y3
(x+y)4 = x4+4x3y+6x2y2+4xy3+y4
(x+y)5 =x5+ 5x4y+10x3y2+10x2y3+5xy4+y5
2. If power is n, no of terms=n+1 terms
ပါ၀ါက n အထပ္ဆို ကိန္းလံုးေရ=n+1
3. The sum of the powers of x and y in each term is equal to the power of the binomial.
ကိန္းတန္း ၁ခုခ်င္းစီ၏ ထပ္ကိန္းမ်ား ေပါင္းလဒ္သည္ ဘိုင္ႏို္မီယမ္၏ ထပ္ကိန္းႏွင့္
တူသည္။
4. Binomial Coefficients
(x+y)1 1 1
(x+y)2 1 2 1
(x+y)3 1 3 3 1
(x+y)4 1 4 6 4 1
(x+y)5 1 5 10 10 5 1
This is called Pascal’s triangle, in honour of the great French mathematician, Blasic Pascal
(1623-1662).
Binomial theorem
(1+x)n =1+nC1x+nC2x2+----+nCn-1xn-1+xn
(x+y)n=nC0xn+nC1xn-1y+nC2xn-2y2+----+nCn-1xyn-1+nCnyn
n
C0=1
n
C1=n
n ( )
C2=
.
n ( )( )
C3=
. .
…
n
Cn=1
n
Cr=nCn-r
𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) − − − − − −(𝑛 − 𝑟 + 1)
𝐶 =
1.2.3 − − − − − − − 𝑟
In special case,
(1+x)n=1+ nC1x+ nC2x2+……+nCn-1xn-1+xn
In the expansion of (x+y)n
(r+1)th term=nCrxn-r yr
Prove that nCr= nCn-r.
17
Proof:
𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) … (𝑛 − 𝑟 + 1)
𝐶 1.2.3 … . 𝑟
=
𝐶 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) … . (𝑛 − (𝑛 − 𝑟) + 1)
1.2.3 … . (𝑛 − 𝑟)
𝐶 𝑛(𝑛 − 1) … (𝑛 − 𝑟 + 1) 1.2.3. … (𝑛 − 𝑟)
= ×
𝐶 1.2.3 … 𝑟 𝑛(𝑛 − 1) … (𝑟 + 1)
1.2.3. … (𝑛 − 𝑟)(𝑛 − 𝑟 + 1) … (𝑛 − 1)𝑛
=
1.2.3 … 𝑟 (𝑟 + 1) … . (𝑛 − 1)𝑛
1.2.3 … 𝑛
=
1.2.3 … 𝑛
=1
∴nCr= nCn-r.
18
Chapter 4
Inequation
Algebraic method
1. >> and > (or) < and <
2. <> and < (or) < and >
Graphical method
1. If +x2---------, you can get parabola.
2. If −x2---------, you can get parabola.
3. +x2------------->0 >
A B
The solution set= {x/x<A or x>B}
4. +x2------------<0
A B
<
The solution set ={x/A<x<B}

5. <, >
≤, ≥
6. +x2------->0
+x2-------<0
> The solution set=R
< The solution set= ϕ
19
Tabular method
y= (x-2) (x+3)
When y=0, (x-2) (x+3)=0
x= 2 or x= -3
-3 2
-3 <x <2
x< -3 x>2
x= -3 x=2
x<-3 x= -3 -3<x<2 x=2 x>2

x-2 - - - 0 +
x+3 - 0 + + +
y= + 0 - 0 +
(x-2)
(x+3)
The solution set of (x-2) (x+3)≥0 is {x/ x≤-3 or x≥2}

The solution set of (x-2) (x+3)>0 is {x/ x<-3 or x>2}
The solution set of (x-2) (x+3)<0 is {x/ -3<x<2}
The solution set of (x-2) (x+3)≤0 is {x/ -3≤x≤2}
20
Chapter 5
AP, GP
Arithmetic Progression(A.P)
Let u1, u2, u3, --------------, un is an A.P
d =u2−u1=u3−u2=----=un−un−1
u1 =a
u2 =a+d
u3 =a+2d
……
un =a+(n−1)d
If you know the last term (l)

Sn = {𝑎 + 𝑙}
If you don’t know the last term (l)

Sn = {2𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑}
Where,
u1 =a = first term
u2 = second term
un = nth term
l = last term
Sn = the sum to first n term
n = number of terms
d = common difference
Arithmetic Mean
Let x, A.M, y is an A.P
A.M=
Relation between term and the sum

un=Sn−Sn−1
 Let (a-2d), (a-d), a, (a+d), (a+2d) is an A.P.

 Let a−3d, a−d, a+d, a+3d is an AP.
 Let a−d, a, a+d is an AP.
 S18= u1+ u2+………..+u18

 S10=u1+ u2+………+u10
21
You see that S10 means the sum from first term to 10th term (or) the sum from first tenth
term.
Find the sum from 11th term to 18th term.
So,
S18 – S10 = u1+ u2+……..u18 – (u1+ u2+…….+u10)
= u11+ u12+………+u18
S18 – S10
S10
u1+u2+…………..+u10+u11+…………+u18
S18
Try
The sum from 7th term to 42nd term=?
The sum from 20th term to 40th term=?
The sum from 24th term to 57th term=?
The sum from first 10 term=?
The sum from first 20 term=?
 The sum of first five term is S5.

 The sum of next five term is ?
S10– S5
S5
u1+u2+…………..+u5+u6+…………+u10
S10
 The sum of first nth term is Sn.
 The sum of next nth term is ?
- In an A.P, there are 20 term.
- The last term is 40.
- That is
- l = u20= 40
Geometric Progression (G.P)

Let u1, u2, u3, --------------, un is a G.P.
r= = = ⋯ =
u1 =a
u2 = ar
u3 = ar2
---
un = arn −1
22
If |𝑟|>1
( )
Sn =
If |𝑟|<1, r≠1
( )
Sn =
If |𝑟|<1, r≠1
S =
Geometric Mean
Let x,G.M,y is a G.P
G.M= 𝑥𝑦
Where,
u1 =a = first term
u2 = second term
un = nth term
n = number of term
Sn = the sum to first n term
S = the sum to infinity
r = common ratio
𝑎 𝑎
𝑙𝑒𝑡 , , 𝑎, 𝑎𝑟, 𝑎𝑟 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝐺. 𝑃.
𝑟 𝑟
𝑎 𝑎
𝐿𝑒𝑡 , , 𝑎𝑟, 𝑎𝑟 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝐺. 𝑃
𝑟 𝑟
Let , 𝑎, 𝑎𝑟 is a G.P
23
Chapter 6
Matrices
Matrices
Matrics have rows ,columns and elements. And it is covered by round brackets.
Column
1st 2nd 3rd
1st row
Row 2nd row
12 −3 4
−9 7 −3
Order of a matrix
m×n
where,
m= number of rows
n= number of columns
For example,
2 4 7
is a 2×3 matrix.
1 6 2
Square matrix
In the square matrix, the number of row is equal to the number of column.
For example,
3 1
(i) A=
4 −1
A is a square matrix of order 2.
1 3 0
(ii) B= 3 −7 −8
4 8 2
B is a square matrix of order 3.
Equality of matrices
To be the equality matrices, the matrices must have same order.
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 = 𝑏 𝑏 𝑏
Therefore,
a11=b11
a12=b12
a13=b13
a21=b21
a22=b22
a23=b23
For example,
𝑥 4 1 4
=
3 𝑦 3 2
x =1
24
y =2
Transpose of a matrix
If you want to change the transpose of a matrix, you change the first row into first column,
second row into second column and so on.
Transpose of A=Aˊ
For example
1 2
1 3 5
A = 3 4 Aˊ=
2 4 6
5 6
Order of A=3×2
Order of Aˊ=2×3
Addition of matrices
For example,
𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑦 𝑎+𝑥 𝑏+𝑦
+ =
𝑐 𝑑 𝑤 𝑧 𝑐+𝑤 𝑑+𝑧
To add the matrices, the matrices must have same order.
Zero matrix
For example,
0 0
O = is 2×2 zero matrix.
0 0
Notes: O+A=A+O=A
Negative of a matrix
For example,
1 2 −1 −2
A= -A=
−7 1 7 −1
Multiplication of a matrix by a real number

For example,
𝑎 𝑏 𝑘𝑎 𝑘𝑏
A = kA=
𝑐 𝑑 𝑘𝑐 𝑘𝑑
Subtraction of a matrices
𝑎 𝑏
A =
𝑐 𝑑
𝑥 𝑦
B =
𝑤 𝑧
𝑎−𝑥 𝑏−𝑦
A-B =
𝑐−𝑤 𝑑−𝑧
Multiplication of matrices
𝑎 𝑏 𝑡 𝑢 𝑎𝑡 + 𝑏𝑟 𝑎𝑢 + 𝑏𝑠
=
𝑐 𝑑 𝑟 𝑠 𝑐𝑡 + 𝑑𝑟 𝑐𝑢 + 𝑑𝑠
25
A B
m×p p ×n
same
AB exists.
AB is m×n matrix.
A B
2 ×2 2 ×3
same
AB exists.
AB is 2×3 matrix.
B A
p×n m×p
different
BA does not exit.
Unit matrix (identity matrix)

1 0
I=
0 1
The unit matrix of order 2
Notes: IA=AI=A
Inverse of a square matrix of order 2

Inverse of A=A-1
Determinant of A= det A
𝑎 𝑏
A=
𝑐 𝑑
Other diagonal Main diagonal

det A=ad-bc≠0 (A-1 exists)
𝑑 −𝑏
A-1=
−𝑐 𝑎
Notes:
1. det ကို လိုခ်င္လွ်င္ main diagonal ေျမႇာက္ ၊ other diagonal ေျမႇာက္ ၿပီးရင္ ႏုတ္ ။ 0ႏွင့္ ညီလွ်င္ A-1
မ႐ွိ။ 0ႏွင့္ မညီလွ်င္ A-1 ႐ွိသည္။
2. A-1ကို လိုခ ်င္လွ်င္ main diagonal ကို ေနရာခ်င္းေျပာင္း၊ other diagonal ကို လကၡဏာေျပာင္း။
26
Solving the matrix equation for 2×2 matrix

AX =B
A AX =A-1B
-1
IX =A-1B
X =A-1B
Solving the matrix equation for 2×2 matrix
XA =B
XAA-1 =BA-1
XI =BA-1
X =BA-1
Using matrices to solve systems of linear equations
ax+by =m
cx+dy =n
𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑚
=
𝑐 𝑑 𝑦 𝑛
𝑎 𝑏 𝑥 𝑚
Let A= , X= 𝑦 , B=
𝑐 𝑑 𝑛
27
Chapter 7
Probability
𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑎𝑣𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑏𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 =
𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
Notes:
(1) 0≤P≤1
(2) P(not A)=1-P(A)
(3) P(A or B)=P(A)+P(B)
(4) P(A and B)=P(A)×P(B)
(5) Mutually exclusive
One process at a time
Example
If( mark<40) then result=fail;
Else result=pass;
(6) Independent
The two processes are not related each other.
Expected frequency=Probability × number of trails
28
Chapter 8
Circles
Theorem 1
∝=2β
Corollary 1.1
Corollary 1.2
∝=90°
Corollary 1.3
∝+θ=180°
γ+β=180°
Corollary 1.4
∝=β
29
Theorem 2
θ=ϕ ⇔ arc PBQ=arc SCT
Theorem 3
β=δarc PBQ=arc SCT and arc PMQ=arc SNT
Theorem 4
θ=∝
Theorem 5
AP.PB=CP.PD
Theorem 6
30
PT2=PA.PB
Corollary 6.1
PA.PB=PC.PD
Theorem 7(converse of corollary 1.1)
∝=βA, B, C, D are concyclic.
Theorem 8 (converse of corollary 1.2)
θ=ϕ=90°  A,B,C,D are concyclic and BC is a diameter.
Theorem 9(converse of corollary 1.3)
∝+γ=180°A, B, C, D are concyclic.
Theorem 10(converse of theorem 5 and theorem 6.1)
31
A C
P
D B
AP.PB=CP.PDA, B, C, D are concyclic.
C
D
P
B
A
AP.PB=CP.PDA, B, C, D are concyclic.
32
Chapter 9
Similarity
33
34
Chapter 10
Vector
35
36
Two dimensional vectors

A is a point (x,y).
𝒙
𝟎𝑨⃗ = 𝒂⃗ = 𝒚 =x î+y ĵ
X
x A(x,y)
𝒂 yĵ
O xî y Y
The magnitude of vector

𝒙
𝑶𝑨⃗ = |𝒂⃗| = 𝒚 =|𝒙î + 𝑦ĵ| = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚 𝟐
Unit vector
|𝒂⃗| = 𝟏
𝒗𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒐𝒓
unit vector=
𝒎𝒂𝒈𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒖𝒅𝒆
𝒂⃗
𝒂=
|𝒂⃗|
37
PQ=OQ-OP
X
P
Q
O Y
Transformation matrices
P(x,y)P ˊ(x ˊ,y ˊ)
𝒙ˊ 𝒙
=𝑨 𝒚
𝒚ˊ
(i) Reflection matrices:
−𝟏 𝟎
F= is reflected in the line OY.
𝟎 𝟏
𝟏 𝟎
S= is reflected in the line OX.
𝟎 −𝟏
(ii) Rotation matrix:
𝒄𝒐𝒔 𝜽 −𝒔𝒊𝒏 𝜽
R= is rotated about the origin O (anticlockwise)
𝒔𝒊𝒏 𝜽 𝒄𝒐𝒔 𝜽
(iii) Translation matrix:

𝟏 𝟎 𝒉
L= 𝟎 𝟏 𝒌
𝟎 𝟎 𝟏
38
Chapter 11
Trigonometry
Trigonometric Ratios for special angles
Θ sin θ cos θ tan θ cot θ sec θ cosec θ
π 1 2
= 30° √3 √3 √3 2√3
6 2 2 3 3
π 1 1
= 45° √2 √2 √2 √2
4 2 2
π 1
= 60° √3 √3 √3 2 2√2
3 2
2 3 3
Trigonometric Ratio of any angle

sin cos tan Cot sec cosec
y x y X 1 1
1 1 x Y x y
sin cos tan Cot sec cosec

O A O A H H
H H A O A O
O=opposite side
A= adjacent side
H= hypotenuse
(1, 0)
sin 0° (or) sin 360° (or) sin −360°=0
cos 0° (or) cos 360°(or) cos −360° =1
tan 0° (or) tan 360°(or) tan −360°= =0
cot 0° (or) cot 360° (or) cot −360°= (undefined)
sec 0° (or) sec 360° (or) sec −360°= =1
cosec 0° (or) cosec 360° (or) cosec −360°= (undefined)
(0, 1)
sin 90° (or) sin −270° =1
cos 90° (or) cos −270°=0
tan 90°(or) tan −270°= (undefined)
cot 90°(or) cot −270°= =0
sec 90°(or) sec −270°= (undefined)
cosec 90°(or) cosec −270°= =1
(−1, 0)
sin 180° (or) sin −180°=0
cos 180° (or) cos −180°=−1
tan 180°(or) tan−180°= =0
39
cot180°(or) cot−180°= (undefined)

sec180°(or) sec−180°= = −1
cosec180°(or) cosec−180°= (undefined)
(0,−1)
sin 270° (or) sin −90°=−1
cos 270°(or) cos −90°=0
tan 270°(or) tan −90°= (undefined)
cot 270°(or) cot −90°= =0
sec 270° (or) sec−90°= (undefined)
cosec 270°(or) cosec −90°= =−1
Formulae for Trigonometry

cos2 θ+sin2 θ=1
1+tan2 θ= sec2 θ
1+cot2 θ = cosec2 θ
sin θ= , cosec θ=
cos θ= , sec θ=
tan θ= , cot θ=
tan θ= , cot θ=
Quadrant
sin θ(+) II I
cosec θ (+) All (+)
others(−)
tan θ(+) III IV
cot θ(+) cosec θ(+)
others (−) sec θ(+)
others (−)
Negative angles
cos (−θ)= cos θ
sin (−θ)= −sin θ
tan (−θ)= −tan θ
cot (−θ)= −cot θ
sec (−θ)=sec θ
cosec(−θ)= −cosec θ
40
Basic identities
Type I
sin (90 ° − θ) = cos θ
cos (90 ° − θ) = sin θ
tan (90 ° − θ) = cot θ
cot (90 ° − θ) = tan θ
sec (90 ° − θ) = cosec θ
cosec (90 ° − θ)= sec θ
Type II
cos (180° − θ)= −cos θ
sin (180° − θ) =sin θ
tan (180° − θ) =−tan θ
cot (180° − θ) = −cot θ
sec (180° − θ)= −sec θ
cosec (180° − θ)= cosec θ
Type III
sin (270°−θ) =−cos θ
cos (270°−θ)= −sin θ
tan (270°−θ)= cot θ
cot (270°−θ)= tan θ
sec (270°−θ)= −cosec θ
cosec (270°−θ)= −sec θ
Type IV
sin (360° − θ)= −sin θ
cos (360° − θ)= cos θ
tan (360° − θ)= −tan θ
cot (360° − θ)= −cot θ
sec (360° − θ)= sec θ
cosec (360° − θ)= −cosec θ
Type V
sin (90°+θ)= cos θ
cos (90°+θ)= −sin θ
tan (90°+θ)= −cot θ
cot (90°+θ)= −tan θ
sec (90°+θ)= −cosec θ
cosec (90°+θ)= sec θ
Type VI
sin (180°+θ)= −sin θ
cos (180°+θ)= −cos θ
tan (180°+θ)= tan θ
cot (180°+θ)= cot θ
sec (180°+θ)= −sec θ
cosec (180°+θ)= −cosec θ
41
Type VII
sin (270°+θ)= −cos θ
cos (270°+θ)= sin θ
tan (270°+θ)= −cot θ
cot (270°+θ)= −tan θ
sec (270°+θ)= cosec θ
cosec (270°+θ)= −sec θ
Sum and difference of Two angles

1. sin(∝+β)=sin ∝ cos β +cos ∝ sin β
2. sin(∝−β)=sin ∝ cos β −cos ∝ sin β
3. cos(∝+β)=cos∝ cosβ− sin∝ sinβ
4. cos(∝−β)=cos∝ cosβ+sin∝ sinβ
5. tan(∝+β)=
6. tan(∝−β)=
Double angle Formulae

1. sin 2∝ = 2 sin∝ cos∝
2. cos 2∝ =cos2∝−sin2∝
=1−2 sin2∝ (∵sin2∝+cos2∝=1)
=2cos2∝−1 (∵sin2∝+cos2∝=1)
3. tan 2∝ =
Half angle Formulae
1. sin =±
2. cos =±
𝜃
3. tan =±
2
=
=
Factor Formula
1. sin ∝ +sinβ = 2 sin cos
2. sin ∝ −sin β = 2 cos sin
3. cos ∝ +cosβ =2 cos cos
4. sin ∝ +sin β =−2 sin sin
= 2sin sin
42
Equation of the type {a cos 𝜽+b sin 𝜽=c}

1. a cos 𝜃+ b sin 𝜃=R cos (𝜃−α) where , R=√𝑎 + 𝑏 , tan ∝ = , a and b are positive and α
is acute.
2. a cos 𝜃− b sin 𝜃= R cos (𝜃+α) where , R=√𝑎 + 𝑏 , tan ∝ = , a and b are positive and α
is acute.
3. a sin 𝜃+bcos 𝜃= R sin (𝜃+ α) where , R=√𝑎 + 𝑏 , tan ∝ = , a and b are positive and α
is acute.
4. a sin 𝜃 –b cos 𝜃= R sin (𝜃 – α) where , R=√𝑎 + 𝑏 , tan ∝ = , a and b are positive and
α is acute.
Law of cosines
1. a2= b2+c2 −2bc cos α
2. b2=a2+c2 −2ac cos β
3. c2=a2+b2 −2ab cos r
1. cos ∝ =
2. cos β=
3. cos r=
Notes: (၁) ႏွစ္နား ၾကားေထာင့္ ဆိုရင္ cos နည္းကို သံုး
(၂) ၃နားေပးရင္ cos နည္းကို သံုး
Law of sines
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
= =
sin α sin β sin 𝑟
sin α sin β sin 𝑟
= =
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
Notes: (၁) ၂ေထာင့္ ၁နားေပးရင္ sin နည္းကို သံုး
(၂) ၂နား မ်က္ဆိုင္ေပးရင္ sin နည္းကို သံုး
43
Chapter 12
Calculus
Limit
lim 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐿
→
The limit of f(x) is L as x tends to a.
Notes: , , ∞ − ∞, 0. ∞ 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠.
lim cos 𝑥 = 1
→
sin 𝑥
lim =1
→ 𝑥
Differentiation from first principle

𝒅𝒚 𝜹𝒚 𝒇(𝒙 + 𝜹𝒙) − 𝒇(𝒙)
= 𝐥𝐢𝐦 = 𝐥𝐢𝐦
𝒅𝒙 𝜹𝒙→𝟎 𝜹𝒙 𝜹𝒙→𝟎 𝜹𝒙
The gradient of the tangent line=m

Equation of tangents at (x1, y1) is
y-y1=m(x-x1)
𝟏
The gradient of the normal line=−
𝒎
Equation of normal at (x1, y1) is
y-y1=− (x-x1)
Derivative
Sum Rule 𝒅(𝒖 + 𝒗) 𝒅𝒖 𝒅𝒗
= +
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
Different Rule 𝒅(𝒖 − 𝒗) 𝒅𝒖 𝒅𝒗
= −
Product Rule 𝒅(𝒖. 𝒗) 𝒅𝒗 𝒅𝒖
=𝒖 +𝒗
Quotient Rule 𝒅𝒖 𝒅𝒗
𝒅(𝒖/𝒗) 𝒗 𝒅𝒙 − 𝒖 𝒅𝒙
=
𝒅𝒙 𝒗𝟐
Chain Rule 𝒅𝒚 𝒅𝒚 𝒅𝒖
= ×
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒖 𝒅𝒙
Higher order derivatives

y=f(x)
𝒅𝒚
yˊ=fˊ(x)=
𝒅𝒙
𝒅𝟐 𝒚 𝒅𝟐 𝒇(𝒙)
yˊˊ=fˊˊ(x)= =
𝒅𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙𝟐
𝒅𝟑 𝒚 𝒅𝟑 𝒇(𝒙)
yˊˊˊ=fˊˊˊ(x)= =
𝒅𝒙𝟑 𝒅𝒙𝟑
44
No Differentiate Differentiate
1. 𝒅𝒄
= 𝟎 (𝒄 = 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕)
𝒅𝒙
2. 𝒅(𝒙)
=𝟏
𝒅𝒙
3. 𝒅(𝒄𝒙) 𝒅(𝒄𝒖) 𝒅𝒖
= 𝒄 (𝒄 = 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕) =𝒄
(𝒄 = 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕)
4. 𝒅(𝒙𝒏 ) 𝒅(𝒖𝒏 ) 𝒅𝒖
= 𝒏𝒙𝒏 𝟏
= 𝒏𝒖𝒏 𝟏
5. 𝒅(𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝒙) 𝒅(𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝒖) 𝒅𝒖
= 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝒙 = 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝒖
6. 𝒅(𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝒙) 𝒅(𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝒖) 𝒅𝒖
= − 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝒙 = − 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝒖
7. 𝒅(𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝒙) 𝒅(𝒕𝒂𝒏 𝒖) 𝒅𝒖
= 𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 = 𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒖
8. 𝒅(𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝒙) 𝒅(𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝒖) 𝒅𝒖
= −𝒄𝒔𝒄𝟐 𝒙 = −𝒄𝒔𝒄𝟐 𝒖
9. 𝒅(𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝒙) 𝒅(𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝒖) 𝒅𝒖
= 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝒙 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝒙 = 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝒖 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝒖
10. 𝒅(𝐜𝐬𝐜 𝒙) 𝒅(𝐜𝐬𝐜 𝒖)

= − 𝐜𝐬𝐜 𝒙 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝒙
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅𝒖
= − 𝐜𝐬𝐜 𝒖 𝒄𝒐𝒕 𝒖
𝒅𝒙
11. 𝒅(𝒍 𝒏 𝒙) 𝟏 𝒅(𝒍 𝒏 𝒖) 𝟏 𝒅𝒖

= =
𝒅𝒙 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒖 𝒅𝒙
12. 𝒅 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒙 𝟏 𝒅 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒖 𝟏 𝒅𝒖

= 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒆 = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒆
45
13. 𝒅 𝒂𝒙 𝒅 𝒂𝒖 𝒅𝒖
= 𝒂𝒙 𝒍𝒏 𝒂 = 𝒂𝒖 𝒍𝒏 𝒂
14. 𝒅 𝑳𝒈 𝒙 𝟏 𝒅 𝑳𝒈 𝒖 𝟏 𝒅𝒖
= 𝑳𝒈 𝒆 = 𝑳𝒈 𝒆
15. 𝒅(𝒆𝒙 ) 𝒅(𝒆𝒖 ) 𝒅𝒖

= 𝒆𝒙 = 𝒆𝒖
46
Grade (10) Chapter - 1 Functions
Function A B
x y
A function from a set A to a set B is a relation such that each element of A is related to exactly one
element of B.
If x is related to y, we write x  y and we say x corresponds to y..
y is called the image of x.
A is called the domain of the function.
B is called the codomain of the function.
The range of the function is the set of images of all x  A where A is the domain. The range is a
subset of B.
Example Let A = { 2, 3, 4 } and B = { 6, 7, 9, 11, 12 }.

Consider a function from A to B.
Such that x  2x  3 where x  A .
Solution
x  2x  3
2  2( 2)  3  7
3  2(3)  3  9
4  2( 4)  3  11
The range is { 7, 9, 11 }
Functional Notation
(f is a function from A to B) f :A  B
(y is the image of x under f) f :x  y
(image of x under f) f (x)
Example Let the function f : R  R be given by f(x) = 2x. What are the images of 3, 0, –2? Find a  R
such that f(a) = 64.
Solution
f (x) = 2x
f (3) = 23 = 8
f (0) = 20 = 1
1
f (  2)  2  2 
4
f (a) = 64
a 6
 2 = 64 = 2
 a=6
-1-
Equality of Functions
Two functions f and g are equal (and we write f = g) if and only if
( 1 ) f and g have the same domain,
( 2 ) f and g have the same codomain, and
( 3 ) f (x) = g (x) for each element x of the domain.
Example Let A = { 1, 2 } and B = { 1, 3, 4 }. Let the functions f : A  B and g : A  B be defined by

f (x) = x2, g(x) = 2x – 1 . Is f = g?
Solution
A = { 1, 2 } , B = { 1, 3, 4 }
f (x) = x2 g (x) = 2x – 1
f (1) = (1)2 = 1 g (1) = 2(1) – 1 = 1
f (2) = (2)2 = 4 g (2) = 2(2) – 1 = 3
Since f ( 2)  g ( 2)
f  g .
Some useful functions

Constant function
Let f : R  R be given by f(x) = k, where k  R is a constant.
The identity function on A

The function I : A  A defined by I (x) = x is called the identity function on A.
rS
wfcsu f/ / Find the values of x which are unchanged by the mapping f (OR) which map onto
themselves under the function f.
f (x) = x [ kn D
wGu f&r n f/
The Modulus function

x , if x  0
f (x) = | x | =
– x , if x  0
Step function
Let A  {x / 0  x  3} and B = R. Let f : A  B be defined by
0 when 0  x  1
f (x) = 1 when 1  x  2
2 when 2  x  3
This function is called a step function.
-2-
Composition of Functions
Let f : A  B and g : B  C be given functions. Then the function g.f : A  C defined by
(g.f)(x) = g ( f (x) ) is called the composite function of f and g.
Example Function f : R  R and g : R  R are defined by f(x) = x2 and g(x) = 3x + 1.

Find ( i ) (g.f)(2) ( ii ) (f.g)(2) ( iii ) the formulae of g.f and f.g.
Solution
f (x) = x2 , g(x) = 3x + 1
(i) (g.f) (2) = g (f (2) ) = g (4) = 12 + 1 = 13
( ii ) (f.g) (2) = f (g (2) ) = f (7) = 72 = 49
( iii ) (g.f) (x) = g (f (x) ) = g (x2) = 3x2 + 1
(f.g) (x) = f (g (x) ) = f (3x+1) = (3x+1)2
Example Let I be the identity function on R and Let f : R  R be defined by f(x) = x2+4.
Show that f.I = I.f = f.
Solution
I (x) = x , f (x) = x2 + 4
( f. I ) (x) = f ( I (x) )
= f (x)
( I. f ) (x) = I ( f (x) )
= I (x2+4)
= x2 + 4
= f (x)
( f. I ) (x) = ( I.f ) (x) = f (x)
 f.I = I. f = f
Associative Property
h . ( g. f ) = ( h . g ) . f
Example f : R  R , g : R  R and h : R  R are functions defined by f(x) = x2 + 2, g(x) = x – 1 and

h(x) = 3x – 2. Find the formulae of f.(h.g) and (h.g).f.
Solution
f(x) = x2 + 2 , g(x) = x – 1, h(x) = 3x – 2 ((h.g).f) (x) = (h.g)(f(x))
(f.(h.g)) (x) = f ((h.g)(x))
= (h.g) (x2+2)
= f (h(g(x)))
= h (g(x2+2))
= f (h(x–1))
= h (x2+2–1)
= f (3(x–1)–2)
= f (3x – 5) = h (x2 + 1)
= (3x – 5)2 + 2 = 3(x2 + 1)–2
= 9x2 – 30x + 27 = 3x2 + 1
-3-
Example
f : R  R , g : R  R and h : R  R are functions defined by f (x) = x – 2, g(x) = x3 and
h(x) = 4x. Show that ((h.g).f)(x) = 4(x–2)3 and ((f.g).h)(x) = 64x3–2. Calculate ((h.g).f)(1) and
((f.g).h) (1).
Solution
f (x) = x – 2, g(x) = x3 , h(x) = 4x
((h.g).f)(x) = (h.g)(f(x))
= h(g(f(x))
= h(g(x–2))
= h((x–2)3) (function t wG
u fu G
i f;r u sef&ef)
= 4(x–2)3
((f.g).h)(x) = (f.g)(h(x))
= (f (g(h(x))) ( . ) ryg&
= f (g (4x))
= f ((4x)3)
= (4x)3 – 2
= 64x3 – 2
((h.g).f)(1) = 4(1–2)3
= 4(–1)3 = –4
((f.g).h)(1) = 64(1)3 – 2
= 64 – 2
= 62
rw
S fcsu f/ / a&S
U
aemu fo wfr S
w fx m;ao mu G
i f;r sm;ru sef&/
Note
* I.f = f.I = f
* f.(g.h) = (f.g).h
* f .g  g.f
* f 2(x) = f(f(x)). It is usually equal to neither (f(x))2 nor f(x)2.
One - to - one Correspondence

Let f : A  B . If each element of B is related to exactly one element on A, then f is called
one-to-one correspondence between A and B.
Example Let A = { 1, 2, 3 } and B = { 3, 6, 9 }. Let the function f : A  B be defined by f(x) = 3x.
A B
f
We have f :1  3 1 3
26 2 6
3 9
39
This function is a one-to-one correspondence between A and B.
Inverse function
A function f : A  B has the inverse function f 1 : B  A if and only if f is a one-to-one

correspondence between A and B.
-4-
y  f ( x )  x  f 1 ( y )
Example Let f : R  R and g : R  R be functions and given that f(2) = 1 and g(1) = 3.
Find (f–1 . g–1) (3).
Solution f (2) = 1 , g (1) = 3

f–1(1) = 2 , g–1(3) = 1
(f–1 . g–1)(3) = f–1 (g–1(3))
= f–1 (1)
= 2
2
Example Find the formula for f–1, the inverse function of f defined by f ( x )  .
3  4x
State the suitable domain of f.
2
Solution f (x) 
3  4x
Let f–1 (x) = y
f (y) = x
2
= x
3  4y
2 = x ( 3 – 4y )
2 = 3x – 4xy
4xy= 3x – 2
3x  2
y =
4x
3x  2
 f 1 ( x )  ,x  0
4x
2
In f ( x )  , We must have 3  4 x  0
3  4x
3
x 
4
 3
Domain of f   x / x  R , x  
 4
Example:
Functions f : R  R and g : R  R are defined by f (x) = 2x and g(x) = x+2.
(a) Find formulae for the inverse functions f –1 and g–1.
(b) Find formulae for (g.f)–1 and f –1.g –1.
Solution
f (x) = 2x , g(x) = x + 2
Let f –1(x) = y ( Inverse zef&S
i f&S
m&mwG
i ft r n fay;ygu wpfckES
i fh
w pfckr wlat mifx m;&r n f/)
f (y) = x
2y = x
-5-
x
y =
2
x
f –1(x) =
2
Let g–1(x) = z
g (z) = x
z+2 = x
z = x–2
g–1(x) = x – 2
Let (g.f)–1(x) = a
(g.f) (a) = x
g (f (a)) = x
g (2a) = x
2a + 2 = x
2a = x–2
x2
a =
2
x2
 (g.f ) 1 ( x ) 
2
(f –1.g–1)(x) = f–1(g–1(x))
= f–1(x–2)
x2
=
2
2x  3
Example: The functions f and g are defined for real x by f(x) = 2x–1 and g( x )  , x  1.
x 1
Evaluate (g–1. f–1)(2).
Solution
2x  3
f(x) = 2x–1 , g( x )  ,x 1
x 1
Let f–1(x) = y
f (y) = x
2y – 1 = x
2y = x + 1
x 1
y =
2
x 1
 f 1 ( x ) 
2
Let g–1(x) = z
g (z) = x
2z  3
= x
z 1
2z + 3 = xz – x
xz – 2z = x + 3
z(x–2) = x + 3
-6-
x3
z =
x2
x3
 g 1 (x )  ,x  2
x2
rw
S fcsu f/ / x20
x  2 (yg&r n f/)
(g–1 . f–1) (2) = g–1 (f–1(2))
 3
= g 1 
 2
3
 3
= 2
3
2
2
9
= 2
1

2
= –9
Example : Let f : R  R and g : R  R be defined by f(x) = 2x + 3 and g(x) = 5x – 4. Show that
linear functions are closed under composition.
Solution:
f : R  R is defined by f(x) = 2x + 3.
g : R  R is defined by g(x) = 5x – 4
(f.g)(x) = f (g (x))
= f (5x–4)
= 2(5x–4)+3
= 10x – 5
 f.g is a linear function.
(g.f)(x) = g(f (x))
= g (2x +3)
= 5(2x+3) – 4
= 10x + 11
 g.f is also a linear function.
Hence, linear functions are closed under composition.
Binary Operation
A binary operation '' on a set A is a function from A×A into A. The domain of '' is A×A and the range of
'' is a subset of A.
The property that the range is a subset of A is known as the closure property.
-7-
Cayley tables are widely used for binary operations.
A binary operation on A is commutative if xy = yx , for all x , y  A .
A binary operation on A is associative if (xy)z = x(yz), for all x , y, z  A .
Note
commutative
* Show that  is .
associativ e
zv S
, f&çzu fpyf&jzpfaM
umi f; jycd
kif;&i fu d
ef;&S
i feJ
Y
jy&ygr n f/
Oyrm xy = yx
(xy)z = x(yz)
commutative
* Show that  is not .
associativ e
zv S
, f&çzu fpyf&r [ k
w faM
u mif; jycd
kif;&i fu d
ef;*P ef;eJY
jy&ygr n f/
Oyrm 12  21
(12)3  1(23)
commutative
* Is  ?
associativ e
zv S, f&çzu fpyf&jzpfo v m
;ar;cG
ef;q d
&i ft M
k u r f;rS
mu d
ef;*P ef;eJY
wGu fM
u n fh
N
yD;nD
ae&i fu d
ef;&S
i feJ
Y
jy?rn D
&i fu d
ef;*P ef;eJ
Y
jy&ygr n f/
Example Let the mapping  be defined by
( x, y)  xy = x + 2y, where x , y  A  { 0,1}
Is this function a binary operation?
Solution
A = { 0, 1 }
A × A = { (0, 0), (0, 1), (1, 0), (1, 1) }
(x, y)  xy = x + 2y
(0,1)  01 = 0+2(1) = 2 A .
 The closure property is not satisfied.
 The mapping  is not a binary operation on A.
Example Show that  defined by xy = xy – x – y is a binary operation on the set R of real numbers.
Is the binary operation commutative? Find (23)4 and 2(34). Are they equal? Is the
binary operation associative?
Solution
xy = xy – x – y , x , y  R
Since x , y  R , xy  R ,  x  R ,  y  R (wpfck
pD
udkR x J
rS
myg0i faM
u mif;jy)
x. y  x  R
xy  x  y  R
 xy  R (rusef&)
The closure property is satisfied.
 The mapping  is a binary operation on R.
xy = xy – x – y
yx = yx – y – x
= xy – x – y
 xy = yx
-8-
The binary operation  is commutative.
23 = (2)(3) – 2 – 3 = 1
(23)4 = 14
= (1)(4) – 1 – 4 = –1
34 = (3)(4) – 3 – 4
= 12 – 7 = 5
2(34) = 25
= (2)(5) – 2 – 5
= 10 – 7 = 3
They are not equal.
Since (23)4  2(34),
the binary operation  is not associative.
Example Let A = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 }. The binary operation 5 on the set A is defined by x 5 y = the

remainder when x + 2y is divided by 5.
Make a Cayley table.
Solution
A = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 }
x 5 y = the remainder when x + 2y is divided by 5.
5 0 1 2 3 4
0 0 2 4 1 3
1 1 3 0 2 4
2 2 4 1 3 0
3 3 0 2 4 1
4 4 1 3 0 2
Q-1 A function f from A to A, where A is the set of positive integers, is given by f(x) = the sum of all
positive divisors of x. Find the value of k , if f(15) = 3k + 6.
Solution
A = the set of positive integer
f (x) = the sum of all positive divisors of x
f (15) = the sum of all positive divisors of 15
f (15) = 1 + 3 + 5 + 15 = 24
Since, f (15) = 3k + 6
 3k + 6 = 24
3k = 18
k = 6
Q-2 A function f is defined by f(x) = x2 + 6x – 6. Find the possible values of x which are unchanged
by the mapping.
Solution
f(x) = x2 + 6x – 6
f (x) = x
x2 + 6x – 6 = x
x2 + 5x – 6 = 0
(x + 6) (x – 1)= 0
x = –6 (or) x = 1
-9-
1 3
Q-3 A function f is defined by f : x  for all values of x except x  . Find the values of x
3  2x 2
which map onto themselves under the function f.
Solution
1 3
f (x)  ,x 
3  2x 2
f (x) = x
1
=x
3  2x
1 = x(3 – 2x)
1 = 3x – 2x2
2x2–3x+1 = 0
(2x –1) (x–1) = 0
2x – 1 or x – 1 = 0
1
x or x = 1
2
Q-4 Let f : R  R and g : R  R be f(x) = px + 5 and g(x) = qx – 3, where p  0, q  0 .

If g.f : R  R is the identity a function on R, find the value of p.
Solution
f(x) = px + 5 and g(x) = qx – 3
Since g.f is the identity function on R, for every x  R
(g.f)(x) = x
g(f(x)) = x
g(px+5) = x
q(px + 5) – 3 = x
pqx + 5q – 3 = x
(pq)x + (5q – 3) = 1.x + 0
So the corresponding coefficients in the L.H.S and R.H.S of the above equation must be equal and
hence we have.
pq = 1 –––– (1)
5q – 3 = 0 –––– (2)
From Eq (2)
3
q
5
and from Eq (1)
3
p 1
5
5
p
3
(OR)
Prove that p is the reciprocal of q.
(pq)x + (5q–3) = 1.x + 0
Equating the coefficients,
-10-
pq = 1
1
p
q
 p is the reciprocal of q.
Q-5 Let f : x  a  bx , a , b  R , be a function from R into R such that f(2b) = b and (f.f)(b) = ab.
If f is not a constant function, then find the formula for f.
Solution
f (x) = a + bx
f (2b) = b
a + b (2b) = b
a + 2b2 = b
a = b – 2b2
(f.f)(b) = ab
f(f(b)) = ab
f(a+b2) = ab
a+b(a+b2) = ab
a + ab + b3 = ab
a + b3 = 0
b–2b2+b3 = 0
b(1–2b+b2) = 0
Since f is not a constant function , b  0 .
 b2 – 2b + 1 = 0
(b – 1)2 = 0
b–1 = 0
b = 1
a = 1–2(1)2 = –1
 f(x) = –1 + (1)x
= –1 + x = x – 1
Q-6 A function f is defined by f (x+1) = 4x+5. Find a  R such that f(14) = a + 14.
Solution
f (x+1) = 4x+5
If x+1 = 14, then x = 13.
 f(14) = 4(13) + 5
= 52 + 5
= 57
But f (14) = a + 14 (given)
 a + 14 = 57
a = 57 – 14
a = 43
-11-
Q-7 Let f : R  R be defined by f (x) = 4x + 1. Find the formula for a function g : R  R
such that (f.g) (x) = 21 – 12x.
Solution
f (x) = 4x + 1
(f.g) (x) = 21 – 12x
f (g (x)) = 21 – 12x
4g(x) + 1 = 21 – 12x
4g(x) = 20 – 12x
g(x) = 5 – 3x
Q-8 A function f : R  R is defined by f(x) = x +1. Find the formula for a function g : R  R .
Such that (g.f)(x) = x2+5x+5.
Solution
f (x) = x +1
(g.f)(x) = x2+5x+5
g (f (x)) = x2+5x+5
g (x+1) = x2+5x+5
Let x + 1 = y
x = y–1
 g(y) = (y–1)2 + 5(y–1) + 5
= y2–2y+1+5y–5+5
g(y) = y2+3y+1
 g(x) = x2+3x+1
Q-9 The function f : x  ax 3  bx  30 . Then the values x = 2 and x = 3 which are unchanged by
the mapping. Find the values of a and b.
Solution
f (x) = ax3 + bx + 30
f (2) = 2 (Given)
a(2)3+b(2)+30 = 2
8a + 2b = –28
4a + b = –14 ––––– (1)
f (3) = 3 (Given)
a(3)3+b(3)+30 = 3
27a+3b+30 = 3
27a + 3b = –27
9a + b = –9 ––––– (2)
From Eq (1) and Eq (2)

a = 1
From Eq (1), 4(1) + b = –14
b = –14 – 4
= –18
-12-
Q - 10 Given (3a–b)(a+3b) = a2 – 3ab +4b2, evaluate 48.
Solution
Let 3a – b = 4 ––––– (1)
a + 3b = 8 ––––– (2)
Eq (1) × 3, 9a – 3b= 12 ––––– (3)

Eq (2) + Eq (3)
10a = 20
a = 2
By substituting a = 2 in Eq (1)
6–b = 4
b = 2
 48 = (3a – b)(a + 3b)

= a2 – 3ab + 4b2
= (2)2 – 3(2) (2) + 4(2)2
= 8
Q - 11 A binary operation  on R defined by xy = (x–2y)2 – 3y2. Show that the binary operation is
commutative. Find the possible values of k such that k2 = –11.
Solution
xy = (x – 2y)2 – 3y2
= x2 – 4xy + 4y2 – 3y2
= x2 – 4xy + y2
yx = (y – 2x)2 – 3x2
= y2 – 4xy + 4x2 – 3x2
= x2 – 4xy + y2
xy = yx for all x , y  R
 The binary operation is commutative.
k2 = – 11
(k–2(2))2 – 3(2)2 = –11
(k – 4)2 = 1
k–4 = 1
k – 4 = 1 (or) k – 4 = –1
k = 5 (or) k = 3
-13-
Q - 12 A binary operation  on N is defined by xy = the remainder when xy is divided by 5.
If the binary operation commutative? Find [(23)4] + [2(34)]. Is the binary operation
associative?
Solution
xy = the remainder when xy is divided by 5
23 = the remainder when 23 is divided by 5
= 3
32 = the remainder when 32 is divided by 5
= 4
23  32
 The binary operation is not commutative.
(23)4 = 34
= the remainder when 34 is divided by 5
= 1
2(34) = 21
= the remainder when 21 is divided by 5
= 2
[(23)4] + [2(34)] = 1+2=3
(23)4  2(34)
 The binary operation is not associative.
rS
w fcsu f/ / 23 = 3 v d
kYwef;a&;v Q
i fv n f; t r S
w fay;ygo n f/
2 6p
Q - 13 Given that pq = p   4 , find the value of (48)1. Solve the equation y3 = 12.
q
Solution
6p
pq = p2  4
q
6( 4)
48 = 42  4
8
= 16 + 3 + 4 = 23
6( 23)
(48)1 = 231 = ( 23) 2  4
1
= 529 + 138 + 4 = 671
y3 = 12
6y
y2  4 = 12
3
y2 + 2y – 8 = 0
(y + 4) (y – 2) = 0
y + 4 = 0 (or) y–2 = 0
y = –4 (or) y = 2
-14-
Q - 14 The function f and g are defined by f : x  x  3 and g : x  x 2 respectively..
Find another function h such that ((h.g).f) (x) = x2 – 6x + 3.
Solution
f (x) = x – 3 , g (x) = x2
( ( h.g ).f ) (x) = x2 – 6x + 3
( h.g ) (f (x)) = x2 – 6x + 3
( h.g ) (x – 3) = x2 – 6x + 3
h (g (x – 3) ) = x2 – 6x + 3
h ( (x – 3)2 ) = x2 – 6x + 9 – 6
h ( (x – 3)2 ) = (x – 3)2 – 6
 h (x) = x–6
Q - 15 Given that f (x) = 3x – 2 and g(x) = x2, find the values of x if f maps g(x) onto 25.
Solution
f (x) = 3x – 2 , g (x) = x2
f (g (x) ) = 25
f (x2) = 25
3x2 – 2 = 25
3x2 = 27
x2 = 9
 x = 3
rS
w fcsu f/ /, ckazmfjyx m;ao mykpämr sm;o n fo i fjyen f;ES
i fh
rS
m;, G
i f;wwfo n fht csu ft v u fr sm;u d
ko m
au mu fEkw fazmfjyx m;jci f;jzpfygo n f/
-15-
Grade(10) Chapter - 2
The Remainder Theorem and the Farctor Theorem
Polynomial in x
The expression a0xn + a1xn–1 + . . . . + an–2x2 + an–1x + an where n is a positive integer, is called the
polynomial in x of degree n.
The Remainder Theorem

If a polynomial f (x) is divided by x – k, the remainder is f (k).
Proof : Let Q(x) be the quotient and let R be the remainder when f(x) is divided by x – k. R does not
depend on the value of x.
We have f(x) = (x–k) Q(x) + R
Substitute k for x. Then
f (k) = (k – k) Q(k) + R
= 0.Q(k) + R = 0 + R
= R
That is , R = f (k)
This theorem is known as the remainder theorem.
Example Find the remainder when x8 + 2x – 5 is divided by x – 1.

Solution
Let f(x) = x8 + 2x – 5
When f (x) is divided by x –1,
the remainder = f (1) = (1)8 + 2(1) – 5
= –2
Example When the polynomial x3 – 3x2 + kx +7 is divided by x + 3 , the remainder is 1.

Find the value of k.
Solution
Let f (x) = x3 – 3x2 + kx +7
When f (x) is divided by x + 3,
the remainder = f (–3) = (–3)3 – 3(–3)2 + k (–3) + 7
= – 27 – 27 – 3k + 7
= – 47 – 3k
By given,
– 47 – 3k = 1
3k = –48
 k = – 16
-16-
Extension of the Remainder Theorem
 b
Let us consider the division of f (x) by (ax – b). If f (x) is divided by  x   , the remainder is
 a
 b
f   . Let Q(x) be the quotient. Then
a
 b  b   ax  b   b
f ( x )   x  Q( x )  f      Q( x )  f  
 a a  a  a
Q( x )  b 
= (ax  b)  f 
a a
 b
When f(x) is divided by ( ax– b), the remainder is f   .
a
Q(x )
The quotient in this case is .
a
Note
If a polynomial f(x) is divided by x – a , the remainder is f (a).
If a polynomial f(x) is divided by x + 3 , the remainder is f (–3).
1
If a polynomial f(x) is divided by 2x – 1 , the remainder is f   .
 2
 3
If a polynomial f(x) is divided by 2x – 3 , the remainder is f   .
 2
If a polynomial f(x) is divided by x , the remainder is f (0).
Example Find the remainder when 2x3 + x2 – 5x + 3 is divided by 2x + 1.

Solution
Let f (x) = 2x3 + x2 – 5x + 3
When f (x) is divided by 2x + 1,
3 2
 1  1  1  1
the remainder = f     2        5    3
 2  2  2  2
1 1 5 1
=    35
4 4 2 2
Q-1 Find the value of n for which the division x2n – 7xn + 5 by x – 2 gives a remainder of 13.
Solution
Let f (x) = x2n – 7xn + 5
When f (x) is divided by x – 2,
the remainder = f (2)
f (2) = 13 (given)
22n – 7.2n + 5 = 13
(2n)2 – 7.2n – 8 = 0
(2n – 8) (2n + 1) = 0
2n – 8 = 0 (or) 2n + 1 = 0
2n = 8 (or) 2n = –1 (2n = –1 is impossible)
2n = 8 = 23
 n=3
-17-
Q - 2 Given that the expression x2 – 10x + 14 leaves the same remainder when divided by x + 2b or x+2c,
where b  c , show that b+c+5 = 0.
Solution
Let f (x) = x2 – 10x + 14
When f (x) is divided by x + 2b,
the remainder = f (–2b)
When f (x) is divided by x + 2c,
the remainder = f (–2c)
f (–2b) = f (–2c) (given)
(–2b)2–10(–2b)+14 = (–2c)2–10(–2c)+14
4b2 + 20b = 4c2 + 20c
b2 + 5b= c2 + 5c
b2–c2+5b–5c = 0
(b+c)(b–c)+5(b–c) = 0
(b–c) (b+c+5) = 0
b – c = 0 is impossible since b  c .
 b+c+5 = 0
Q-3 When (x + k)4 + (2x + 1)2 is divided by x + 2 the remainder is 10, find the value of k.
Solution
Let f (x) = (x + k)4 + (2x + 1)2
the remainder = f (–2)
f (–2) = 10 (given)
(–2+k)4 + [2(–2)+1]2 = 10
(–2+k)4 + (–3)2 = 10
(–2+k)4 + 9 = 10
(–2+k)4 = 1
(–2+k)4 = (1) 4
–2 + k = 1 (or) –2 + k = –1
k = 3 (or) k =1
3
Q-4 The remainder when a(a–b)(a+b) is divided by a–2b is . Find the numerical value of b.
4
Solution
Let f (a) = a(a–b)(a+b)
When f (a) is divided by a – 2b,
the remainder = f (2b)
3
f (2b) = (given)
4
3
2b(2b–b) (2b+b) =
4
3
6b3 =
4
-18-
1
b3 =
8
1
 b =
2
Q-5 When the polynomial k2x16+k , k < 0 is divided by x + 1, the remainder is 12.
Find the value of k. Find also the remainder when this polynomial is divided by x – 1.
Solution
Let f (x) = k2x16+k where k < 0
the remainder = f (–1)
f (–1) = 12 (given)
k2(–1)16+k = 12
k2+k–12 = 0
(k+4) (k–3) = 0
k+4 = 0 (or) k–3 = 0
k = –4 (or) k = 3
Since k < 0, k = –4
f (x) = 16x16 – 4
When f (x) is divided by x–1,
the remainder = f (1)
= 16(1)16 – 4 = 16 – 4
= 12
The Factor Theorem

Let f (x) be a polynomial. Then (x–k) is a factor of f (x) if and only if f (k) = 0.
Proof : Suppose that f (k) = 0
By the remainder theorem, f (k) is the remainder when f (x) is divided by (x–k).
So we have the remainder 0.
Thus f (x) is divisible by (x – k). That is (x–k) is a factor of f (x).
Conversely, Suppose that (x–k) is a factor of f (x).
Then f (x) = (x–k)Q (x) for some polynomial Q(x).
 f (k) = (k – k) Q(k)
= 0.Q(k) = 0
Note
Let f(x) be a polynomial. Then
(i) x–1 is a factor of f(x) if and only if f (1) = 0.
( ii ) x+3 is a factor of f(x) if and only if f (–3) = 0.
1
( iii ) 2x–1 is a factor of f(x) if and only if f   = 0.
 2
( iv ) x is a factor of f(x) if and only if f (0) = 0.
Root of an equation
We say that a be the root of the equation f (x) = 0, if f (a) = 0.
-19-
Example Determine whether or not x+1 is a factor of the polynomials 3x4+x3–x2+3x+2 and
x6+2x(x–1)–4.
Let f (x) = 3x4+x3–x2+3x+2

f (–1) = 3(–1)4+(–1)3–(–1)2+3(–1)+2
= 3–1–1–3+2 = 0
 x + 1 is a factor of f(x).
Let g(x) = x6+2x(x–1)–4
g (–1) = (–1)6+2(–1)(–1–1)–4
= 1+4–4 = 1
so, g (–1)  0
 x + 1 is not a factor of g(x).
Example Find the Factors x3–3x2–4x+12.
Solution
Let f (x) = x3–3x2–4x+12
f (1) = 1 – 3 – 4 + 12  0
f (–1) = (–1)3 – 3(–1)2 – 4(–1) + 12
= –1–3+4+12  0
f (2) = (2)3–3(2)2–4(2)+12
= 8–12–8+12 = 0
 x –2 is a factor of f (x).
x2 – x – 6
x–2 x3 – 3x2 – 4x + 12
(OR)
x3 – 2x2
– + f(x) = x3–3x2–4x+12
– x2 – 4x
= x3–2x2–x2+2x–6x+12
2
– x + 2x
+ – = x2(x–2)–x(x–2)–6(x–2)
– 6x + 12
= (x–2) (x2–x–6)
– 6x + 12 = (x–2) (x–3) (x+2)
+ –
0
2
 f (x) = (x –2) (x –x–6) = (x –2) (x –3) (x + 2)
 The factors are (x –2), (x –3) and (x + 2).
Q-1 If the equations ax3+4x2–5x–10 = 0 and ax3–9x–2 = 0 have a common root,

find the values of a.
Solution
Let f (x) = ax3+4x2–5x–10 = 0
g(x) = ax3–9x–2 = 0
Let 'c' be a common root of f (x) = 0 and g (x) = 0.
 f (c) = 0 and g (c) = 0
Thus, ac3+4c2–5c–10 = 0
and ac3–9c–2 = 0
-20-
Subtracting, we get
4c2+4c–8 = 0
2
 c +c–2 = 0
(c+2) (c–1) = 0
c+2 = 0 (or) c–1 = 0
c = –2 (or) c = 1
If c = –2 , then
a(–2)3 –9(–2)–2 = 0
–8a + 18 – 2 = 0
a = 2
If c = 1 , then
a(1)3 –9(1)–2 = 0
a–9–2 = 0
a = 11
Q-2 If x – k is a factor of kx3–3x2–4kx+12 where k is a positive integer, find the numerical value of
k. Hence, factorise the expression completely.
Solution
Let f (x) = kx3–3x2–4kx+12
x–k is a factor of f (x).
 f (k) = 0
k(k)3–3(k)2–4k(k)+12 = 0
k4–3k2–4k2+12 = 0
k4–7k2+12 = 0
(k2–4) (k2 –3) = 0
k2 = 4 (or) k2 = 3
k = 2 (or) k =  3
Since k is a positive integer, k = 2.
f (x) = 2x3–3x2–8x+12
2x2 + x – 6
x–2 2x3 – 3x2 – 8x + 12
3
–2x +– 4x2
x2 – 8x
2
– x –+ 2x
– 6x + 12
–+ 6x +– 12
0
f (x) = (x – 2) (2x2+x–6)
= (x – 2)(2x – 3)(x + 2)
-21-
Q-3 Find the value of k for which x2+(k–1)x +k2–16 is exactly divisible by x–3 but not divisible by
x+4.
Solution
Let f (x) = x2+(k–1)x +k2–16
f (x) is divisible by x–3.
f (3) = 0
(3)2+(k–1)(3) +k2–16 = 0
9 + 3k – 3+k2– 16 = 0
k2+3k–10 = 0
(k+5) (k–2) = 0
k + 5 = 0 (or) k–2=0
k = –5 (or) k=2
f (x) is not divisible by x+4.
f (–4)  0
(–4)2+(k–1)(–4) +k2–16  0
16 –4k+4+k2–16  0
k2–4k+4 0
(k–2)2  0
k–2 0
k 2
 The value of k = –5.
Q-4 Given that 4x4–9a2x2+2(a2–7)x–18 is exactly divisible by 2x–3a, show that a3–7a–6 = 0, and
hence find the possible values of a.
Solution
Let f (x) = 4x4–9a2x2+2(a2–7)x–18
f (x) is divisible by 2x – 3a.
 3a 
f   0
 2 
4 2
 3a   3a   3a 
4   9a 2    2(a 2  7)   18  0
 2  2  2
 81a 4   2
4   9a 2  9a   3a 3  21a  18  0
 16   4 
   
3a3 – 21a – 18 = 0
a3 – 7a – 6 = 0
Let g (a) = a3 – 7a – 6
g (–1) = (–1)3 – 7(–1) – 6
= –1 + 7 – 6 = 0
 a + 1 is a factor of g(a).
-22-
a2 – a – 6
a + 1 a3 + 0a2 – 7a – 6
a3 + a2
– –
– a2 – 7a
– a2 – a
+ +
– 6a – 6
– 6a – 6
+ +
0
g (a) = (a +1) (a2–a–6)

g (a) = 0
(a+1)(a2–a–6) = 0
(a+1) (a+2) (a–3) = 0
a+1 = 0 (or) a+2 = 0 (or) a–3 = 0
a = –1 (or) a = –2 (or) a=3
Q-5 Given that x + 2 is a common factor of x2+px+q and 3x2+5px+pq, where pq < 0.
Find the values of p and q.
Solution
Let f (x) = x2 + px + q
g (x) = 3x2 + 5px + pq
x + 2 is a common factor of f (x) and g (x).
 f (–2) = 0 and g (–2) = 0
f (–2) = 0
(–2)2 + p(–2) + q = 0
4 – 2p + q = 0
–2p + q = –4 ––––– (1)
g (–2) = 0
3(–2)2 + 5p(–2) + pq = 0
12 – 10p + pq = 0
–10p + pq = –12––––– (2)
eq (1) × p  –2p2 + pq = –4p
–10p+2p2 = –12+4p
+ – +
2
2p –14p+12 = 0
p2–7p+6 = 0
(p–6) (p–1) = 0
p–6 = 0 (or) p–1 = 0
p = 6 (or) p = 1
If p = 6, q = 8
pq = 6 × 8 = 48
Since pq < 0,
pq = 48 (impossible)
If p = 1, q = –2
pq = (1) (–2)
= –2
Since pq < 0, p = 1, q = –2.
-23-
Q - 6 The polynomial ax3+bx2–5x+2a is exactly divisible by x2–3x–4. Calculate the value of a and b,
and factorise the polynomial completely.
Solution
Let f(x) = ax3+bx2–5x+2a
f (x) is divisible by x2 –3x–4
but x2 –3x–4 = (x–4) (x+1), (r S
w fcsu f/ / x2 –3x–4 = 0 ES
i fhr n D
&yg/)
 f(x) is also divisible by x – 4 and x + 1.
f (4) = 0 and f (–1) = 0
f (4) = 0
a(4)3+b(4)2–5(4)+2a = 0
64a + 16b – 20 + 2a = 0
66a + 16b = 20
33a + 8b = 10 ––––– (1)
f (–1) = 0
a(–1)3+b(–1)2–5(–1)+2a = 0
–a + b + 5 + 2a = 0
a + b = –5 ––––– (2)
eq : (2)×8 8a + 8b = –40 ––––– (3)

eq : (1) – (3) 25 a = 50
a = 2
eq : (2)  2+b = –5
b = –7
f (x) = 2x3 – 7x2 – 5x +4
2x – 1
x2 – 3x – 4 2x3 – 7x2 –5x + 4
2x3 – 6x2 –8x
– + +
– x2 + 3x +4x
– x2 + 3x +4x
+ – –
0
f (x) = (x2 – 3x – 4) (2x – 1)

f (x) = (x – 4) (x+1) (2x – 1)
Q - 7 Find what value p must have in order that x + 2 may be a factor of 2x3 + 3x2 + px – 6. Find the other
factors. Find also remainder when it is divided by x – 1.
Solution
Let f (x) = 2x3 + 3x2 + px – 6
x + 2 is a factor of f (x).
 f (–2) = 0
2(–2)3 + 3(–2)2 + p(–2) – 6 = 0
–16 + 12 – 2p – 6 = 0
–2p = 10
p = –5
-24-
f (x) = 2x3 + 3x2 – 5x – 6
2x2 – x – 3
x+2 2x3 + 3x2 – 5x – 6
3 2
–2x –+ 4x
– x2 – 5x
– x2 – 2x
+ +
– 3x – 6
– 3x – 6
+ +
0
f(x) = (x+2)(2x2 – x – 3)
= (x+2) (2x–3) (x+1)
The other factors are (2x – 3) and (x+1)
The remainder = f (1)
= 2(1)3 + 3(1)2 – 5(1) – 6
= 2+3–5–6
= –6
rw
S fcsu f/ / (1) other factors (OR) remaining factors u d
ko D
;o efY
t ajza&;&ef
(2) remainder &Smcdkif;&if remainder pmo m ;yg&rn f/
Q - 8 The expression px3 – 5x2 + qx + 10 has factor 2x – 1 but leaves a remainder of –20 when divided
by x+2. Find the values of p and q and factorize the expression completely.
Solution
Let f (x) = px3 – 5x2 + qx + 10
2x – 1 is a factor of f (x).
1
f   0
 2
3 2
1 1 1
p   5   q   10  0
2 2  2
p 5 q
   10  0
8 4 2
p – 10 + 4q + 80 = 0
p + 4q = –70 ––––– (1)
When f (x) is divided by x+2, the remainder = f (–2)
 f (–2) = –20
p(–2)3 – 5(–2)2 + q(–2) + 10 = –20
– 8p – 20 – 2q + 10 = –20
– 8p – 2q = –10 ––––– (2)
Eq (2) × 2:
–16p – 4q = –20 ––––– (3)
Eq (1) + Eq (3):
– 15p = – 90
p = 6
-25-
By substituting p = 6 in Eq (1),
6 + 4q = –70
4q = –76
q = –19
3 2
 f (x) = 6x – 5x – 19x + 10
3x2 – x – 10
2x – 1 6x3 – 5x2 – 19x + 10
6x3 – 3x2
– +
– 2x2 – 19x + 10
– 2x2 + x
+ –
– 20x + 10
– 20x + 10
+ –
0
f (x) = (2x – 1) (3x2 –x – 10)

= (2x – 1) (x – 2) (3x + 5)
rS
w fcsu f/ / factor ES
i fhremainder u d kr S
m;n DN
yD ;wGu fao maM u mifht r S
w fv H
k;0 r &awmh
yg/
, ckazmfjyx m;ao mykpä mrsm;o n f o i fjyen f;ES
i fh
rS
m;, G
i f;wwfo n fh
t csu ft v u fr sm;u d
ko mau mu fEkw fazmfjyx m;jci f;jzpfygo n f/
-26-
Grade (10)
Chapter – 3
The Binomial Theorem
1. Topic - Chapter – 3 The Binomial Theorem

- 3.1 Binomial Expansion
3.2 The Binomial Theorem
2. Objectives - At the end of this lesson, the students will be able
1. to derive the formula of the binomial theorem,
2. to write the general term,
3. to solve a problem that deals with binomial theorem
by applying the binomial theorem or general term.
4. to fine the number of terms middle term, constant term
by using the general term formula.
3. Teaching periods - (1) period, (2) periods, 3 (periods),…..
4. Teaching Methods - Student’s participation method
5. Teaching Learning
Materials - blackboard and chalk. Prescribed Text book
6. Teaching Learning Process
Activity
3.1 Binomial Expansion
An expression of the form (x + y) raised to any power is called a
binomial.
3
For example, (x+y)7, (x+y)–4, ( x  y) 4 are binomials.
By lone multiplication,
(x + y)1 = x+y
2
(x + y) = x2 + 2xy + y2
(x + y)3 = x3 + 3x2y + 3xy2 + y3
(x + y)4 = x4 + 4x3y + 6x2y2 + 4xy3 + y4
(x + y)5 = x5 + 5x4y + 10x3y2 + 10x2y3 + 5xy4 + y5
1
Note
In the expansion of (x + y)n,
(1) The number of terms = n + 1
(2) (the power of x) + (the power of y) = n which is the power of the
binomial.
(3) The powers of x are in descending order while the powers of y are in
ascending order.
(4) The coefficients form the following Pascal’s Triangle:
Binomial Coefficients
(x + y)1 1 1
(x + y)2 1 2 1
(x + y)3 1 3 3 1
4
(x + y) 1 4 6 4 1
5
(x + y) 1 5 10 10 5 1
3.2 Binomial Theorem

n
Permutation : Pr = n(n–1)(n–2) ----- (n–r+1)
r
Pr = r(r–1)(r–2) ----- 3.2.1
n n
Combination : Pr = Cr . rPr
n
n Pr
Cr = r
Pr
n n (n  1)(n  2).....(n  r  1)
 Cr =
r (r  1)(r  2).....3.2.1
By considering, nC0 = 1, nC n = 1, nC1 = n

n
C n-r = nCr
2 3 4
C0 = 1 C0 = 1 C0 = 1
2 3 4
C1 = 2 C1 = 3 C1 = 4
2 3 4 .3
C2 = 1 C2 = 3C1 = 3 4
C2 = =6
2 .1
3 4
C3 = 1 C3 = 4C1 = 4
4
C4 = 1
2
Pascal’s Triangle
1 1
1 2 1
1 3 3 1
1 4 6 4 1
1 5 10 10 5 1
1 1
C0 C1
2 2 2
C0 C1 C2
3 3 3 3
C0 C1 C2 C3
4 4 4 4 4
C0 C1 C2 C3 C4
5 5 5 5 5 5
C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5
(x + y)n = nC0xn + nC1xn-1y + nC2x n-2y2 + . . . . . + nCrxn-ryr + …. +

+ nC n-1xyn-1 + nC nyn
(r + 1)th term = nCrxn-ryr
Special Case
(1 + x)n = 1+nC1x + nC2x2 + …… + nC n-1x n-1 + x n
Note
 The sum of all coefficients of (x – y)n = 0
 The sum of all coefficients of (x + y)n = 2 n
th
n 2
 The middle term formula of (x + y)n =   term if n is even.
 2 
th th
n  1 n 3
 The middle terms are the   term and the   term if n is odd.
 2   2 
 The coefficient of x0 = the constant term
= the term independent of x
= the term which contains no power of x
= the absolute term
3
Q-1 Find the coefficient of x2 in the expansion of (2x2–x–3)6.
Solution
(2x2–x–3)6 = (2x–3)6 (x+1)6
(2x – 3)6 = (3 – 2x)6
= 36+6C1(3 5)(–2x)+6C2(34)(–2x)2+---(+---မပါလွ်င္ မွားပါသည္)
6 .5
   = 729  6 ( 243 )(  2 x )  (81)( 4 x 2 )  ......
2.1
= 729 – 2916x + 4860x2 – …..
(x + 1)6 = (1 + x)6
= 1+6C1x +6C2x2 +---(+---မပါလွ်င္ မွားပါသည္)
6.5 2
   = 1  6x  x  ......
2.1
= 1 + 6x + 15x2 +….
 (2x2–x–3)6 = (2x –3)6(x + 1)6
= (729–2916x+4860x2 – . . .) (1+6x+15x2 + . . .)
Coefficient of x2 = (729)(15)+(–2916)(6)+(4860)(1)
= 10935 – 17496 + 4860
= – 1701
(Alternative method)
 (2x2–x–3)6 = (3+x –2x2)6
= (3+(x–2x2))6
= 36+6C1(3 5)(x–2x2)+6C2(34)(x–2x2)2 + …..
6.5
= 36  6(243)( x  2 x 2 )  (81)(x 2  4 x 3  4 x 4 )  ......
2 .1
Coefficient of x2 = 6(243)(–2) + 15(81)(1)
= –2916 + 1215 = –1701
မွတ္ခ်က္ ။ ။ ဆခြဲကိန္းခြဲတာမွားလွ်င္ အမွတ္လံုး၀ မရေတာ့ပါ။
Coeff.o f ရရန္(3)လံုးျဖန္႕ေ၀ရာတြင္ ကေနာက္ကရွိရန္လိုအပ္ပါသည္။
Binomial ကုိုအနုတ္ျဖင့္ေျမွာက္ရာတြင္ စံုထပ္ညႊန္းမွသာလွ်င္ ေျမွာက္ခြင့္ရွိ္သည္။
4
7
x
Q-2 Evaluate the coefficients x5 and x4 in the binomial expansion of   3  . Hence
3 
7
x
evaluate the coefficient of x5 in the expansion of   3  (x  3) .
3 
Solution
7
x
For   3  ,
3 
7 r
x
th
(r + 1) term = 7
Cr   (–3) r
3
7r
1
= 7
Cr   (–3) r x
7–r
 3
Let 7 – r = 5
r = 2
5
1
Coefficient of x 5
= 7
C2   (–3) 2
 3
7 .6 1 7
=  
2.1 27 9
Let 7 – r = 4
r = 3
4
1
Coefficient of x4 = 7
C3   (–3)3
 3
7.6.5  1  35
=    
3.2.1  3  3
7
x 
  3  ( x  3)
3 
 7 5 35 4 
=  ......  x  x  .....( x  3)
 9 3 
7
x
In the expansion of   3  (x  6) ,
3 
 35  7 35 7 28
The coefficient of x5 =   (1)   (3) =   
 3 9 3 3 3
5
7 7 r
x  x
မွတ္ခ်က္ ။ ။ (1)   3  = 7 C r   ( 3) r ဟုညီလွ်င္ အမွတ္လံုး၀မရေတာ့ပါ။
3  3
7
x
(2) For   3  ,
3 
n
(r + 1)th term = Crxn-ryr
ဟုမေရးရပါ။
7 r
7 x
= Cr   ( 3) r
 3
Q – 3 Given that the coefficient of x3 in the expansion of (a + x)5+(1–2x)6 is –120,

calculate the possible values of a.
Solution
For (a + x)5,
(r + 1)th term = 5
Cra5-rxr
C3a2
5.4.3 2
= a  10a 2
3.2.1
For (1 – 2x)6,
(r + 1)th term = 6
Cr(–2x) r
6
= Cr(–2)rxr
C3(–2)3
6.5.4
= ( 8)  160
3.2.1
By given,
10a2 – 160 = –120
2
10a = 40
a2 = 4
a = 2
မွတ္ခ်က္ ။ ။(a + x)5+(1–2x)6 = –120 ဟုမညီရပါ။
6
Q – 4 Find the middle term and the term independent of x in the expansion of
12
 1 
x   .
 x
Solution
12
 1 
For  x   ,
 x
r
12 12-r  1 
(r + 1)th term = Cr x  
 x
1
12 12-r r  r
= Cr x (–1) x 2
3
12 r 12 2 r
= Cr (–1) x
number of terms = 12 + 1 = 13
 the middle term = 7th term
12
= C6 (–1)6 x12-9
12.11.10.9.8.7 3
= x
6.5.4.3.2.1
= 924x3
3
Let 12  r = 0
2
24 – 3r = 0
r = 8
The term independent of x = 12C8 (–1)8 = 12
C4 (–1)8
12.11.10.9.
=  495
4.3.2.1
မွတ္ခ်က္ ။ ။ the middle term သည္ 7th term ဟုညီျပီးမွတြက္ရမည္ ။7th term ဟုတန္းတြက္လွ်င္
middle term အတြက္ အမွတ္မရေတာ့ပါ။




7
6 6
5 5
Q–5 Find the term independent of x in the expansion of  5x    5x   .
 x  x
6 6 6
 5  5  5 5 
 5x    5x   =  5x   5x   
 x  x  x  x 
6
25
=  25x 2  2 
 x 
6
25
In the expansion of  25x 2  2  ,
 x 
r
th 6 2 6-r  25 
(r +1) term = Cr (25x )  2 
 x 
6
= Cr (25)6-r x12-2r (–25)r x–2r
6
= Cr (25)6-r (–25)r x12–4r
6
= Cr (25)6 (–1)r x12–4r
Let 12 – 4r = 0
4r = 12
r = 3
6
 the term independent of x = C3 (25)6 (–1)3
6.5.4
=   (25) 6
3.2.1
= – 20 × (25)6
Q – 6 Use the binomial theorem to find the value of (2  2 ) 4  (2  2 ) 4 .

Solution
(2  2 ) 4 = 24+4C123 ( 2 ) + 4C222 ( 2 )2 + 4C32 ( 2 )3  ( 2 )4
(2  2 )4 = 24–4C123 ( 2 ) + 4C222 ( 2 )2 – 4C32 ( 2 )3  ( 2 )4
(2  2 ) 4 + (2  2 )4 = 
2 2 4  4 C2 2 2 ( 2 ) 2  ( 2 ) 4 
 4 .3 
= 216  (4)(2)  4
 2 .1 
= 2 [ 16 + 48 + 4 ]
= 2 × 68 = 136
8
Q – 7 Find the sum of the coefficients of the fourth term and the sixth term in the
8
2x 1
expansion of    .
 3 x
Solution
8
2x 1
In the expansion of    ,
 3 x
8 r r
th 8  2x   1
(r + 1) term = Cr    
 3   x
5 3
 2x   1 
4th term = 8
C3     
 3   x
5
 2
=  8 C3   x 2
 3
5
th 82
 The coefficient of 4 term =  C3  
3
3 5
th 8  2x   1 
6 term = C5     
 3   x
3
 2 1
=  8 C3   2
 3 x
3
th  2
 The coefficient of 6 term = 8 C3  
 3
5 3
 2  2
The required sum =  8C3    8 C3  
 3  3
 2  5  2  3 
=  8 C3      
 3   3  
8.7.6  25  23.32 
=  . 
3.2.1  35 
56(32  72)
= 
243
56(104)
= 
243
5824
= 
243
9
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။4th term ႏွင့္6th term တိို႕၏coefficients မ်ားေပါင္းခိုင္းျခင္းျဖစ္သည္။
4th term နွင

့္ 6th term မေပါင္းရပါ။

Q–8 Obtain the first four terms of the expansion of (1 + p)6 in ascending
powers of p. By writing p = x + x2, obtain the expansion of (1+x+x2)6 as
far as the term in x2. Hence find the value of (0.0101)6 to three decimal
places.
Solution
(1 + p)6 = 1+6p+15p 2+20p3+…..
If p = x + x2, then
(1+x+x2)6 = 1+6(x+x2)+15(x+x2)2+…..
= 1+6x+6x2+15(x2+2x3+x4)+…..
= 1+6x+6x2+15x2+30x 3+15x4+…..
= 1+6x+21x 2+…..
(1.0101)6 = (1+0.01+0.0001)6
= (1+0.01+(0.01)2)6
= 1+6(0.01)+21(0.01)2+…..
= 1+0.06+21(0.0001)+…..
= 1+0.06+0.0021+…..
= 1.0621
= 1.062 (three decimal places)
Q–9 In the expansion of (1 + x)n, the coefficient of x5 is the A.M of

coefficients of x4 and x 6. Find n.
Solution
In the expansion of (1+x)n,
(r+1)th term = n
Cr xr
the coefficient of x4 = n
C4
5 n
the coefficient of x = C5
C6
10
By given,
n
n C 4  n C6
C5 =
2
n ( n  1)( n  2)(n  3)(n  4)
2
1 2  3  4  5
 n(n  1)(n  2)(n  3) n (n  1)(n  2)(n  3)(n  4)(n  5) 
=   
 1 2  3  4 1 2  3  4  5  6 
2(n  4) (n  4)(n  5)
 1
5 30
2(n  4) 30  n 2  9n  20

5 30
2( n  4)
30   n 2  9n  50
5
12n – 48 = n2 – 9n + 50
n2 – 21n + 98 = 0
(n – 7) (n – 14) = 0
n–7 = 0 (or) n – 14 = 0
n=7 (or) n = 14
Q – 10 Given that the coefficient of x2 in the expansion of (2x + 1)3 (2 + kx)5 is

–336, Calculate the value of k.
Solution
(2x+1)3 = (1+2x)3
= 1+3(2x)+3(2x)2+…..
= 1+6x+12x 2+…..
(2+kx)5 = (2)5+5(2)4(kx)+10(2)3(kx)2+…..
= 32+80kx+80k2x2+…..
(2x+1)3 (2+kx)5 = (1+6x+12x2+…..)(32+80kx+80k2x2+…..)
Coefficient of x2 = (1)(80k2)+(6)(80k)+(12)(32)
= 80k2+480k+384
11
By given,
80k2 + 480k + 384 = –336
2
80k + 480k + 720 = 0
2
k + 6k + 9 = 0
(k + 3)2 = 0
k+3 = 0
k = –3
Q – 11 In expansion of (3+4x)n, the coefficients of x4 and x5 are in the ratio 3:4.

Find the value of n.
Solution
In the expansion of (3+4x)n,
(r+1)th term = nCr (3)n–r (4x)r (မွတ္ခ်က္4xr ဟုေရးလ်ွင္လံုး၀အမွတ္မရပါ)
= nCr (3)n–r 4rxr

C4 (3)n–4 44
C5 (3)n–5 45
By given,
n
C 4 (3) n  4 4 4 3
n n 5 5

C 5 (3) 4 4
n ( n  1)(n  2)( n  3) 3 n ( n  1)( n  2)(n  3)(n  4)

4.   3.
1 2  3  4 4 1 2  3  4  5
5
1
n4
n–4=5
n =9
7.Evaluation The teacher discuss the following problems to the students.

Q – 1 Find the coefficient of x3 in the expansion of (2+3x+x2)(1+x)6.
Q – 2 The coefficient of x3 in the expansion of (2+ax)(1–3x)6 is 405. Find the
value of a.
12
8.Exercises - Exercise (3.1)
Exercise (3.2)
ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာ ပုစာၦမ်ားသည္ သင္ျပနည္းႏွင့္ မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္ အခ်က္အလက္မ်ားကိုသာ

ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
13
Grade (10)
Chapter – 4
Inequations
1. Topic - Chapter – 4 Inequations
4.1 Quadratic Functions
4.2 Quadratic Inequations
2. Objectives - At the end of this lesson, the students will be able to
(1) broaden the students’ understanding of the basic
concepts and methods of the solving quadratic
inequations,
(2) develop the students ability to solve quadratic
inequations by graphical method.
3. Teaching Periods - (1 period / 2 periods / 3 periods / etc…..)
4. Teaching Methods - Students’ participation method
Materials - blackboard and chalk.Prescribed text book.
Activity
4.1 Quadratic Functions
2
The expression f(x) = ax +bx+c where a  0 is called a quadratic function.
4.2 Quadratic Inequations

The open sentences ax 2  bx  c  0 and ax 2  bx  c  0 where a  0 are
quadratic inequations in x.
The solution set of the quadratic inequations can be found by
(1) Algebraic method
(2) Graphical method
Properties
(1) a > b  a+c>b+c
a b
(2) a > b, c > 0  ac >bc and 
c c
a b
(3) a > b, c < 0  ac <bc and 
c c
1
Alegebraic method
အဆင့္(၁) ေပးထားေသာမညီမွ်ျခင္းကိုစံပံုစံ(ax +bx+c) သို႔ေျပာင္းပါ။
2
အဆင့္(၂) ဆခြဲကိန္းကိုမွန္ကန္စြာခြဲပါ။
အဆင့္(၃) ဆခြဲကိန္း ႏွစ္ကြင္းသည္ > 0 (သို႔)  0 ျဖစ္ပါက ႀကီးႀကီးငယ္ငယ္
< 0 (သို႔)  0 ျဖစ္ပါက ႀကီးငယ္ ငယ္ႀကီးတြဲေပးရမည္။
အဆင့္(၄) ကိန္းမ်ဥ္းေပၚတြင္ ေနရာျပအေျဖေပးရမည္။
အဆင့္(၅) ကိန္းမ်ဥ္းအေျဖကိုၾကည့္ကာSolution Set ေရးရမည္။
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ Number lineဆြဲခိုင္းရင္ ဆြဲပါ။
Q-1 Find the solution set in R for the inequation 2x(x+2) < (x+1) (x+3), by
algebraic method and illustrate it on the number line.
Solution
2x (x+2) < (x+1)(x+3)
2 2
2x +4x – x – 4x –3 < 0
2
x –3<0
* (x  3 )( x  3 )  0
x  3  0 and x  3  0 (or) x  3  0 and x  3  0

x  3 and x   3 (or) x  3 and x   3


  

 3 3
 3 3
No points satisfy both conditions  3x 3

The solution set = {x /  3  x  3}
Number line
 

 3 3
မွတ္ခ်က္။။ andႏွငo့္ r ေနရာမမွားရပါ။ ေရွ႕ေနာက္ကြင္းမခတ္ရင္ orမွာကြင္းခတ္ဖုိ႔လိုပါသည္။

*Number lineတြင္ ျမွားေခါင္းပါရမည္။
2
Q-2 Find the solution set in R for the inequation (3–4x)(4–3x)  0 by
algebraic method, and illustrate it on the number line.
Solution
(3–4x)(4–3x)  0
3 – 4x  0 and 4 – 3x  0 (or) 3 – 4x  0 and 4 – 3x  0
–4x  –3and –3x  –4 (or) –4x  –3 and –3x  –4
3 4 3 4
* x and x  (or) x  and x 
4 3 4 3
  



3 4 3 4
4 3 4 3
4 3
x (or) x
3 4
3 4
The solution set =  x / x  or x  
 4 3
Number line
 

3 4
4 3
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ႏွစ္ဖက္စလံုးကိုအႏုတ္ႏွင့္ေျမွာက္ရာတြင္ မညီမွ်ခ်က္လကၡဏာေျပာင္းရမည္။
3 4
ႏွင့္ ေနရာခ်တာမွားလွ်င္ အမွတ္ျပည့္မရေတာ့ပါ။
4 3
3
Q-3 Find the solution set in R for the inequation (1+x)(6–x)  –8, by
algebraic method.
Solution
(1+x)(6–x)  –8
6 + 5x – x2  –8
*x2 – 5x – 14  0
(x+2)(x–7)  0
x + 2  0 and x – 7  0 (or) x+2  0 and x–7  0
x  –2 and x  7 (or) x  –2 and x 7
  



2 7 2 7
x  –2 (or) x 7
The solution set = x / x  2 or x  7
2
မွတ္ခ်က္။။x ၏ေျမွာက္ေဖာ္ကိန္းအေပါင္းျဖစ္ရန္ အႏုတ္ႏွင့္ေျမွာက္ရာတြင္ မညီမွ်ခ်က္လကၡဏာ
ေျပာင္းသည္ကိုသတိျပဳပါ။
Useful Remark
x 2  0 for all x  R .
4
Q-4 Find the solution set in R of the inequation(1+2x)3+(1–2x)3> –22.
Solution
(1+2x)3+(1–2x)3> –22
* 1+6x+12x2+8x3+1–6x+12x2–8x3> –22
2+24x2+22 > 0
24x2 + 24 > 0
x2+1 > 0
Since x 2  0 for all x  R and x2+1 > 0
The solution set is R.
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ (1+2x)3ကိC
ု hapter - 3 မွ Special Case ႏွင့္ ျဖန္႔ပါ။
Note
2
(1) 3x +2 > 0 (2) 3x2+2 < 0
x2  0 for all x  R x2  0 for all x  R
3x2  0 for all x  R 3x2  0 for all x  R
3x2+2 > 0 for all x  R 3x2+2 > 0 for all
xR
The solution set is R The solution set is Ø
(3)x2+4x+5 > 0
x2+4x+4+1 > 0
(x+2)2 + 1 > 0
For every real number x, (x+2)2  0
(x+2)2 + 1 > 0
The solution set is R.
5
Q-5 Find the solution set in R for the inequation (x+1)2> 1.
Solution
(x+1)2> 1
x2+2x+1 > 1
x2+2x > 0
x (x+2) > 0
x> 0 and x + 2 > 0 (or) x < 0 and x+2 < 0
x> 0 and x > –2 (or) x < 0 and x < –2
   
 
2 0 2 0
x> 0 (or) x < –2
The solution set = { x / x < –2 or x > 0}
2
The graph of the function y = ax +bx+c, a  0 is as follows.
axis axis vertex
vertex
a> 0 a<0
6
Graphical method
2
အဆင့္ (၁) ေပးထားေသာမညီမွ်ျခင္းကိုစပ
ံ ံုစံ(ax +bx+c)သို႔ေျပာင္းပါ။
အဆင့္ (၂) y = ax2+bx+cထားပါ။
အဆင့္ (၃) ၀င္ရိုးျဖတ္မွတ္မ်ားရွာပါ။
x = 0ထားY၀င္ရိုးျဖတ္မွတ္ ၁ ခုရွာ၊ y = 0ထားX၀င္ရိုးျဖတ္မွတ္ ၂ခုရွာ

အဆင့္ (၄) X၀င္ရိုးျဖတ္မွတ္ ၂ခုၾကားအလယ္မွတ္ကိုျဖတ္၍Y၀င္ရိုးႏွင့္အၿပိဳင္မ်ဥ္းဆြဲပါ။ ၄င္းသည္
axis of parabolaျဖစ္သည္။ အခ်ိဳးကိုက္မ်ဥ္းလည္းျဖစ္သည္။ ၄င္းေပၚတြင္
ထိပ္စြန္းvertexရွိသည္။ အတိအက်ရွာစရာမလိုပါ။ ပံုလွေအာင္မွန္းဆယူႏိုင္သည္။
အဆင့္ (၅) parabolaကိုေခ်ာေမြ႕စြာ ျဖည္းျဖည္းခ်င္းေကြး၍၀င္းရိုးတြင္ အခ်ိဳးကိုက္ေအာင္ဆြဲပါ။

အဆင့္ (၆) ပံုကိုၾကည့္၍solution setေရးခ်ရမည္။
(1) y > 0ျဖစ္လွ်င္ X၀င္ရိုးအေပၚကိုၾကည့္ပါ။
p q graphသည္ ေဘးသို႔ကားသြားလွ်င္ x < p or x > q
p q graphသည္ အလယ္မွာစုေနလွ်င္ p < x < q
(2) y < 0ျဖစ္လွ်င္ X၀င္ရိုးေအာက္ၾကည့္ပါ။
p q graphသည္ အလယ္မွာစုေနလွ်င္ p < x < q
p q graphသည္ ေဘးသို႔ကားသြားလွ်င္ x< p or x > q
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ မူလinequationတြင္ ညီမွ်ျခင္းပါလွ်င္ solution setတြင္ ညီမွ်ျခင္းပါမည္။ မူလ

inequationတြင္ ညီမွ်ျခင္းမပါလွ်င္ solution setတြင္ ညီမွ်ျခင္းမပါ။
7
Q-1 Use the graphical method to find the solution set of x2+4x  0.
Solution
x2+4x  0
Let y = x2 + 4x
When y = 0, x2 + 4x = 0
x (x+4) = 0
x = 0 (or) x+4 = 0
x = 0 (or) x = –4
The graph cuts the X-axis at (–4, 0) and (0,0).
*When x = –2 , y = 4 – 8 = –4
The graph passes through the point (–2, –4)
–4 *–2 0
X
(–2,–4)
 The solution set = x /  4  x  0
မွတ္ခ်က္ ။ ။ ျဖတ္မွတ္၂ခုတည္းျဖစ္ေန၍axis of parabola ေပၚရွိvertex ထိပ္စြန္း

ကိုရွာရျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
8
Q-2 Find the solution set in R for the inequation8x+2  3x2–1.
Solution
8x+2  3x2–1
–3x2+8x+3  0
3x2–8x–3  0
Let y = 3x2 – 8x –3
When y = 0, 3x2 – 8x –3 = 0
(3x+1)(x–3) = 0
3x+1 = 0 (or) x – 3 = 0
1
x=  (or) x = 3
3
1
The graph cuts the X-axis at (  , 0) and (3,0).
3
When x = 0 , y = – 3
The graph cuts the Y-axis at (0, –3)
X
1 0 3

3
–3
 1 
 The solution set =  x /   x  3
 3 
9
Q-3 Find the solution set in R for the inequation 12–5x–2x2  0 by
graphical method and illustrate it on the number line.
Solution
12–5x–2x2  0
Let y = 12–5x–2x2
When x = 0, y = 12
 The graph cuts the Y-axis at (0, 12).
When y = 0, 12–5x–2x2 = 0
(4+x)(3–2x) = 0
3
x = –4 (or) x =
2
3
 The graph cuts the X-axis at (–4,0) and ( ,0).
2
12
X
–4 0 3
2
 3
 The solution set =  x /  4  x  
 2
4 3
2
10
Q-4 Use the graphical method to find the solution set of the inequation
(x+1)(x+3) > 11x–7
Solution
(x+1)(x+3) > 11x–7
2
x +4x+3–11x+7 >0
2
x –7x+10 >0
2
Let y = x – 7x + 10
2
When y = 0, x – 7x + 10 = 0
(x–5)(x–2) = 0
x = 5 (or) x = 2
The graph cuts the X-axis at (5,0) and (2,0).

When x = 0 , y = 10
The graph cuts the Y-axis at (0, 10)
10
X
0 2 5
 The solution set = { x / x < 2 or x > 5 }
11
Q-5 Use the graphical method to find the solution set of the inequation
x2 – 4x + 4 < 0.
Solution
x2 – 4x + 4 < 0
Let y = x2 – 4x + 4
When y = 0, x2 – 4x + 4 = 0
(x–2)2 = 0
 x –2 = 0
x=2
When x = 0 , y = 4
When x = 4, y = (4)2 – 4(4) + 4 = 4
The point (2, 0), (0, 4) and (4,4) are on the graph.
(0,4)
. . (4,4)
X
0 2
2
 The solution set of x – 4x + 4 < 0 is Ø.
7.Evaluation The teacher discuss the following problems to the students .
Q-1 Find the solution set in R for the inequtation(3 − 5) − 2 ≥ 0 .
Q-2 Find the solution set in R for the inequtation(2x + 3)(x + 2) > 0 .
8.Exercise – Exercise (4.1)
ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာပုစာၦမ်ားသည္သင္ျပနည္းႏွင့္မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္အခ်က္အလက္မ်ားကိုသာေကာက္
ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
12
13
Grade (10)
Chapter – 5
Sequences and Series
1. Topic - Chapter – 5 Sequences and Series
5.1 Sequences
5.2 Series
5.3 Arithmetic Progression (A.P)
5.4 Geometric Progression (G.P)
5.5 Infinite Geometric Series
2. Objectives - To provide students with the idea of
sequences and series.
3. Teaching Periods - (1 period / 2 periods / 3 periods / etc….. )
Materials - blackboard and chalk.
Prescribed text book.
Activity
5.1 Sequences
A sequence is a function whose domain is either the set of all or
part of the natural numbers.
The values of the function are called the terms of the sequence.
e.g. 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49 is a sequence.
5.2 Series
A series is the indicated sum of the terms in a sequence.
e.g. 1+4+9+16+25+36+49 is a series.
1
u1, u2, u3, u4, u5, . . . , un ,…. is a sequence.
st
u1 = 1 term = first term
nd
u2 = 2 term = second term
rd
u3 = 3 term = third term
th
u4 = 4 term = fourth term
th
u5 = 5 term = fifth term
|
|
|
th
un = n term (general term)
n
Q–1 Find u5 if un+2 = un+1 + un –2 with u1 = 3 and u2 = 7.
Solution
n
un+2 = un+1 + un –2
If n = 1, u3 = u2+u1 – 2
= 7+3–2=8
2
If n = 2, u4 = u3+u2 – 2
= 8 + 7 – 4 = 11
3
If n = 3, u5 = u4+u3 – 2
= 11 + 8 – 8 = 11
 u5 = 11
2
Q–2 Write down the next two terms of the sequence
th
2 , 10 , 5 2 , 5 10 ,..... and determine the n term of the sequence.
Solution
u1 = 2 = ( 2 )( 5 )11
u2 = 10 = ( 2 )( 5 ) 2 1
u3 = 5 2 = ( 2 )( 5 ) 31
u4 = 5 10 = ( 2 )( 5 ) 4 1
u5 = ( 2 )( 5 ) 5 1 = 25 2
u6 = ( 2 )( 5 ) 6 1 = 25 10
un = ( 2 )( 5 ) n 1
 The next two terms are 25 2 and 25 10 .
th
The n term = ( 2 )( 5 ) n 1
Q–3 Write down the first four terms of the sequence defined by
un=4n–1. Which term of the sequence is 191?
Solution
un = 4n–1
u1 = 4 × 1 – 1 = 3
u2 = 4 × 2 – 1 = 7
u3 = 4 × 3 – 1 = 11
u4 = 4 × 4 – 1 = 15
The first four terms are 3, 7, 11, 15.
Let un = 191
4n–1 = 191
4n = 192
n = 48
 U48 = 191
3
Q–4 Write down the next two terms of the sequence
2 4 8 16 th
, , , , ...... and hence determine the n term of the sequence.
5 9 13 17
Solution
2 4 8 16
, , , , ......
5 9 13 17
2 ( 2)1
u1  =
5 ( 4  1)  1
4 ( 2) 2
u2  =
9 (4  2)  1
8 ( 2) 3
u3  =
13 ( 4  3)  1
16 ( 2) 4
u4  =
17 (4  4)  1
( 2) 5 32
u5  
(4  5)  1 21
( 2) 6 64
u6  
(4  6)  1 25
• •
• •
• •
2n
un 
4n  1
32 64
 The next two terms are and .
21 25
th 2n
The n term = .
4n  1
4
5.3 Arithmetic Progression (A.P)
Let u1, u2, u3, u4, . . . , un–1, un be a given sequence.
If u2– u1= u3– u2= u4– u3= …... = un– un–1= constant, then the sequence is
called an A.P.
This constant is called the common difference and is denoted by d.
u1, u2, u3, u4, . . . , un–1, un is an A.P.
 u2– u1= u3– u2= u4– u3= …... = un– un–1= d
u1 = a
u2 = u1 + d = a + d
u3 = u2 + d = a + 2d
u4 = u3 + d = a + 3d
| |
| |
| |
un = a + (n–1)d
 = a + (n–1)d
Where a = first term (initial term)

d = common difference
n = number of terms
th
un = n term
 = last term
The general form of an A.P is a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d, ….. .
5
Q–1 In an A.P the 6th term is 22 and the 10th term is 34.
Find nth term.
Solution
In an A.P .
u6 = 22
a+5d = 22 ––––– (1)
u10 = 34
a+9d = 34 ––––– (2)
Eq(2) – Eq (1) :
4d = 12
d = 3
By substituting d = 3 in Eq (1)
a+5(3) = 22
a = 7
un = a+(n–1)d
= 7+(n–1)3
= 7+3n–3
= 3n + 4
6
1 1
Q–2 Find which term of the A.P 10, 11 , 13, ….. is 89 .
2 2
Solution
1
10, 11 , 13, ….. is an A.P.
2
1 1 3
a = 10, d = 11 – 10 = 1 =
2 2 2
1
Let un = 89
2
1
a+(n–1)d = 89
2
3 179
10+(n–1) =
2 2
3 179
(n–1) = –10
2 2
n–1 = 53
n = 54
1
u54 = 89
2
7
Q–3 If 5, a, b, 71 are consecutive terms of an A.P, find the value of
a and b.
Solution
5, a, b, 71 is an A.P.
Let initial term = A
A = u1 = 5
u4 = 71
A+3d = 71
5 + 3d = 71
3d = 66
d = 22
a = 5+d = 5 + 22 = 27
b = 71 – d = 71 – 22 = 49
 a = 27, b = 49
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ပုစၧာတြင္ ‘a’ ပါေန၍ first term = u1 = a ဟုမထားရပါ။
Consecutive terms of an A.P .
3 terms a – d, a , a + d
5 terms a – 2d, a – d, a , a + d, a + 2d
4 terms a – 3d, a – d, a + d, a + 3d
8
Q–4 The four angles of a quadrilateral are in A.P. Given that the
value of the largest angle is three times the value of the smallest angle, find
the values of all four angles.
Solution
Let a–3d, a–d, a+d and a+3d be the four angles
of a quadrilateral in A.P.
a–3d+a–d+a+d+a+3d = 360º
4a = 360º
a = 90°
By given,
a + 3d = 3(a–3d)
a + 3d = 3a – 9d
12d = 2a
6d = a
90
d = = 15°
6
a–3d = 90–3(15) = 45°

a–d = 90 – 15 = 75°
a+d = 90 + 15 = 105°
a + 3d = 90+3 (15) = 135°
 The four angles of a quadrilateral are 45°, 75°, 105° and 135°.
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ စတုဂံတစ္ခု၏ အတြင္းေထာင့္မ်ားေပါင္းျခင္းသည္ 360°

ရွိသည္။ ေထာင့္ေလးေထာင့္ကို a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d ႏွင့္လည္း
တြက္ႏိုင္သည္။ ဒီဂရီမပါရင္ အမွတ္မေပးပါ။
9
Q–5 In an A.P, u1 = 3 and u7 = 39. Find the first four terms and the
twenty term.
Solution
In an A.P
u1 = 3 , u7 = 39
a=3 , a + 6d = 39
3 + 6d = 39
6d = 36
d=6
 The first four terms are 3, 9, 15, 21.
u20 = a + 19d
= 3+19(6)
= 3+114 = 117
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ the first four terms သည္ ပထမကိန္း (၄)လံုး ရွာခိင

ု ္းျခင္း
ျဖစ္သည္။ fourth term = u4 ကို ေမးျခင္းမဟုတ္ပါ။
10
Q–6 The fourth and sixth terms of an A.P are x and y respectively.
Show that the 10th term is 3y – 2x.
Solution
In an A.P
u4 = x
a + 3d = x ––––– (1)
u6 = y
a + 5d = y ––––– (2)
Eq (2) – (1)  2d = y – x
u10 = a + 9d
= a + 5d + 4d
= y + 2y – 2x
= 3y – 2x
 The 10th term is 3y – 2x.
11
th 7 3 th
Q–7 If the n term of an A.P 2, 3 , 5 , ….. is equal to the n term
8 4
1 1
of an A.P. 187, 184 , 181 , …. , find n.
4 2
Solution
7 3
For the A.P 2, 3 , 5 , …..
8 4
7 7 15
a = 2, d = 3 – 2 = 1 =
8 8 8
un = a + (n – 1)d
15
= 2 + (n – 1)
8
1 1
For the A.P 187, 184 , 181 , ….
4 2
1 3 11
a = 187, d = 184  187 =  2 = 
4 4 4
un = a + (n – 1)d
 11 
= 187 + (n–1)   
 4
By the given condition
15  11 
2 + (n  1) = 187 + (n–1)   
8  4
 15 11 
(n  1)   = 185
8 4
 37 
( n  1)  = 185
 8 
n–1 = 40
n = 41
4 1
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ second A.P အတြက္ d တန္ဖိုးရွာရာတြင္ 186  မွ 184 ကို
4 4
ႏုတ္လွ်င္ ပိုမိုလြယ္ကူပါသည္။ un တြင္ d တန္ဖိုးမ်ား ၀င္မေျမွာက္ပဲ
ဘံုထုတ္ရွင္း ႏိုင္သည္။
12
Arithmetic Mean (A.M)
In a finite arithmetic progression, the terms between the first term and
the last term are called the arithmetic means.
u1, u , u , u , . . . , u , un is an A.P.
2 3 4 n–1
Arithmetic Means
For example, in the arithmetic progression 1, 5, 9, 13, the arithmetic means

are 5, 9.
ab
A.M between a and b =
2
(only one)
Q–1 Insert three arithmetic means between –5 and 19.

Solution
Let x1, x2, x3 be three A.M between –5 and 19.
 –5, x1, x2, x3, 19 is an A.P.
a = –5,u5 = 19
a + 4d = 19
–5 + 4d = 19
d = 6
x1 = u2 = a+d = –5+6 = 1
x2 = u3 = a+2d = –5+2(6) = 7
x3 = u4 = a+3d = –5+3(6) = 13
 The three A.M are 1, 7, 13.
 –5, 1, 7, 13, 19 ….. A.P
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ A.M (3) လံုးထားရာတြင္ a, b, c ထားျခင္းမွ ေရွာင္သင့္ပါသည္။

first term = u1 = a ႏွင့္ မွားႏိုင္ေသာေၾကာင့္ ျဖစ္ပါသည္။
13
Q–2 Find the A.M between log 3 and log 12.
Solution
log 3  log12
A.M between log 3 and log 12 =
2
log(3  12)
=
2
log 36
=
2
log 6 2
=
2
2 log 6
= = log 6
2
P
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ log M + log N = log (MN) ႏွင့္ log N = p log N ကို သံုးထား
ပါသည္။
Sum of the first n terms of an arithmetic progression.

Let u1, u2, u3, . . . , un ,….. be the given A.P.
Sn = u1+ u2+ u3+ . . . + un
Sn = a+(a+d)+(a+2d)+ …..+ a + (n–1)d

+ Sn = {a+(n–1)d} + {a+(n–2)d} +…….+ a
2Sn = {2a+(n–1)d} + {2a+(n–1)d} + ……….+{2a+(n–1)d}

n times
2Sn = n{2a+(n–1)d}
n
Sn = {2a + (n–1)d}
2
n
Sn = {a +  } , where  = a + (n–1) d
2
Where Sn = the sum of the first n terms.
14
Q–1 In an arithmetic progression 44, 40, 36,…...
(a) find the sum to first 12 terms
(b) find the sum from 13th term to 25th term.
Solution
44, 40, 36, ….. is an A.P.
a = 44, d = 40 – 44 = –4
n
(a) Sn = {2a + (n–1)d}
2
12
S12 = {2(44) + (12–1)(–4)}
2
= 6 { 88–44 }
= 264 (တစ္နည္း)
25 13
(b) S25 = {2a + 24d} (b) u13+u14+…+u25= {u13 +u25}
2 2
13
= 25 { a+12d } = { a+12d+a+24d }
2
13
= 25 { 44+12(–4) } = { 2a+36d }
2
= 25 { 44–48 } = 13 { a + 18d }
= –100 = 13 { 44 + 18(–4) }
Required sum = S25–S12 = 13 { 44 –72 }
= –100 – 264 = 13 { –28 } = –364
= –364
n
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ No(b) မွ တစ္နည္းတြင္ Sn = {a +  } ကို သံုးၿပီးတြက္သည္။
2
n n
Sn = {2a + (n–1)d} Sn = {2a + (n–1)d}
2 2
12 12
= {2(44)+(12–1)(–4)} S12 = {2(44)+(12–1)–4}
2 2
S12 မေရးလွ်င္ မွားပါသည္။ –4 ကြင္းမခတ္လွ်င္ မွားပါသည္။
15
Q–2 Find the sum of all integers between 50 and 400 which end in 3.
Solution
Required sum = 53+63+73+…….+393.
It is an A.P with a = 53, d = 10
 = 393
a +(n–1)d = 393
53+(n–1)d = 393
53+10n – 10 = 393
10n = 350
n = 35
n
Sn = {a +  }
2
35
S35 = {53 + 393} = 7805
2
 The required sum = 7805
16
Q–3 An A.P contains 20 terms. Given that the 8th term is 25 and that
the sum of the last 8 terms is 404, calculate the sum of the first 8 terms.
Solution
n
In an A.P, n = 20, Sn = {a +  }
2
u8 = 25
a+7d = 25 ––––– (1)
8
The sum of the last 8 terms = { u13 + u20 } = 404
2
4 { a+12d+a+19d } = 404
4 { 2a+31d } = 404
2a+31d = 101 ––––– (2)
Eq (2) – Eq (1)×2  17d = 51
d = 3
Eq (1)  a+21 = 25
a = 4
8
 S8 = { 2a+7d } = 4(8+21) = 116
2
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ u13 + u14 + ….. u20 = 404 သည္ေနာက္ဆံုး (8) လံုး

ေပါင္းျခင္းျဖစ္သည္။
17
Q–4 In an A.P the sum of the first n terms is 21 and the sum of the
next n terms is 57. If common difference is 4, find the first term.
Solution
In an A.P,
Sn = 21, S2n = 21+57 = 78, d = 4, a = ?
n
 { 2a + (n–1)d } = 21
2
n
{ 2a + 4n – 4 } = 21
2
2
an+2n –2n = 21 ––––– (1)
S2n = 78
2n
{ 2a + (2n–1)d } = 78
2
n{2a+8n–4} = 78
2
2an+8n –4n = 78
2
an+4n –2n = 39 ––––– (2)
2
Eq (2) – (1)  2n = 18
2
n = 9
n = 3
Sub n = 3 in eq (1),
a(2) + 2(3)2 – 2(3) = 21
3a + 18 – 6 = 21
a = 3
18
Q–5 How many terms of the A.P 3, 5, 7, …. give a sum of 224?
Solution
3, 5, 7, …. is an A.P.
a = 3, d = 5 – 3 = 2
Let Sn = 224
n
{ 2a + (n–1)d } = 224
2
n
{ 2(3) + 2n–2 } = 224
2
2
3n + n – n = 224
2
n +2n–224 = 0
(n+16)(n–14) = 0
n = –16 (or) n = 14
But n  N
So n = 14.
19
Q–6 If is a positive integer, show that the sum of the A.P 3k+2, 3k+5,
3k+8, …., 3k+44 is divisible by 5.
Solution
3k+2, 3k+5, 3k+8, …., 3k+44 is an A.P.
a = 3k+2, d = 3k+5 – (3k+2),  = 3k+44
= 3
 = a+(n–1)d
3k+44 = 3k+2 + (n–1) 3
44 = 2+3n – 3
3n = 45
n = 15
n
Sn = {a +  }
2
15
S15 = ( 3k+2 + 3k + 44 )
2
15
= ( 6k + 46 )
2
= 15 ( 3k + 23)
= 5 (9k + 69)
Since k  J  , 9k  69  J 
 S15 is divisible by 5.
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ S15 တြင္ 5 ႏွင့္စားျပတ္ေၾကာင္း 5 ကုိ ဘံုထုတ္ထားရန္

လိုအပ္ပါသည္။ 9k+69 သည္ အေပါင္းကိန္းျပည့္ ျဖစ္ေၾကာင္း
ေျပာရပါမည္။
20
Q–7 The sum of the first 4 terms of an A.P is 26 and the sum of their
squares is 214. Find the first 4 terms.
Solution
Let the first 4 terms of an A.P are a–3d, a–d, a+d, a+3d.
a–3d + a–d + a+d + a+3d = 26
4a = 26
13
a =
2
2 2 2 2
(a–3d) + (a–d) + (a+d) + (a+3d) = 214
2 2
4a + 20d = 214 ––––– (1)
13
Sub a = in eq (1),
2
2
 13  2
4   + 20d = 214
2
2
169+20d = 214
2
20d = 45
2 9
d =
4
3
d = 
2
3
If d = , the first four terms are 2, 5, 8, 11.
2
3
If d =  , the first four terms are 11, 8, 5, 2.
2
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ပထမကိန္း (4) လံုးကို a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d တိ႔ျု ဖင့္လည္း
တြက္ႏိုင္သည္။
21
Relation Between un and Sn
S1 = u1
S2 = u1 + u2
S3 = u1 + u2 + u3
S4 = u1 + u2 + u3 + u4
 u1 = S1
u2 = S2 – S1
u3 = S3 – S2
u4 = S4 – S3
|
|
|
un = Sn– Sn–1 for any sequence
2
Q–1 The sum to first n terms of a series in Sn = 3n +4n .
Find u1, u2 and un.
Solution
2
Sn = 3n +4n
2
S1 = 3(1) +4(1) = 7
2
S2 = 3(2) +4(2) = 22
 u 1 = S1 = 7
u2 = S2–S1 = 22–7 = 15
un = Sn– Sn–1
2 2
= (3n + 4n ) – [ 3(n–1)+4(n–1) ]
2 2
= 3n + 4n – [ 3n–3+4(n –2n+1) ]
2 2
= 3n + 4n – [ 4n –5n+1 ]
= 8n – 1
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ u3–u2 = u2 – u1 ရွာ၍ A.P ျဖစ္ေၾကာင္းျပၿပီးမွ un = a+(n–1)d
ႏွငလ့္ ည္း တြက္ႏိုင္သည္။
22
Geometric Progression (G.P)
Let u1, u2, u3, u4, . . . , un–1, un be a given sequence.
u2 u3 u4 u
If    .....  n  constant, then the sequence is called a G.P.
u1 u 2 u 3 u n 1
This constant is called the common ratio and is denoted by r.
General term of a geometric progression

u1, u2, u3, u4, . . . , un–1, un is a G.P.
u2 u3 u 4 u
    .....  n  r
u1 u 2 u 3 u n 1
u1 = a
u2 = u1r = ar
u3 = u2r = ar2
u4 = u3r = ar3
| |
| |
| |
un = arn–1 (nth term)
where a = first term

r = common ratio
The general form of a G.P is a, ar, ar2, ar3, ...... .
23
Q-1 The fourth term of a G.P is 9 and the ninth term is 2187. Find the first
4 terms of the G.P.
Solution
u4 = 9 , u9 = 2187
ar3 = 9 –––– (1) , ar8 = 2187 –––– (2)
Eq( 2) ar 8 2187
 3
Eq(1) ar 9
r5 = 243
r = 3
Substituting r = 3 in equation ( 1 ),
a(3)3 = 9
1
a
3
1
 The first 4 terms of the G.P are ,1, 3, 9.
3
24
3
Q-2 The fourth term of a G.P exceeds the third by and the third term
44
1
exceeds the second term by . Find the first term and the sixth term of the
22
G.P.
Solution
In a G.P
3 1
u4  u3  , u3  u2 
44 22
3 1
ar 3  ar 2  ar 2  ar 
44 22
3
r (ar 2  ar ) 
44
 1  3
r  
 22  44
3
r
2
1
ar 2  ar 
22
2
 3  3 1
a   a   
 2  2  22
3 1
a
4 22
2
a
33
5
5 2  3
u 6  ar   
33  2 
81

176
25
Q-3 Three consecutive terms of a G.P are 32x–1 , 9x and 243. Find the value
of x. If 243 is the fifth term of the G.P, find the seventh term.
Solution
32x–1 , 9x , 243 is a G.P.
9x 243

32 x 1 9x
32 x 35

32 x 1 32 x
32x–(2x–1) = 35–2x
3 = 35–2x
5–2x = 1
x=2
9x 92 81
r   3
32 x 1 33 27
2
u7 = u5 × r
= 243 × 9 = 2187
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ u7 ရွာရန္ u5 ကိုေပးထားျခင္းျဖစ္သည္။ ‘a’ ကိုရွာစရာမလိုပါ။
26
8 4 2 4
4. Find which term of the G.P , , , ...... is 6.
9 3 3 3
Solution
8 4 2 4
, , , ...... is a G.P.
9 3 3 3
8 u 4 3 3 3
a  u1 , r  3    , u n  ar n 1
9 u2 3 4 2 2
Let un  6
ar n 1  6
n 1
8 3 
   6
9  2 
n 1
 3 9
   6
 2  8
81
= 6
64
35
=
25
5
 3
=  
 2
n 1 5
 3  3
  =  
 2   2 
n–1=5
n = 6
 u6  6
27
Q-5. Find the 10th term of the G.P. a5, a4b, a3b2, a2b3, .....
b 20
Which term of the G.P is ?
a15
Solution
a5, a4b, a3b2, a2b3, ..... is a G.P.
b 20
u1 = A = a5 un 
a15
a 4b b n 1 b 20
r 5
 Ar 
a a a15
n 1
5 b  b 20
u10 = Ar9 a   
a a15
9 n 1
5 b   b b 20
= a     
a a a 20
n 1 20
5 b9  b  b
= a     
a9 a a
b9
=  n – 1 = 20
a4
n = 21
b 20
 u 21 
a15
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ G.P တြင္ ‘a’ မ်ားပါေနသျဖင့္ u1 ကို A ထားတြက္ရမည္။
28
Q-6. If a, b, c is an A.P and x, y, z is a G.P.
Show that xb–c yc–a za–b = 1.
Solution
a, b, c is an A.P.
 b – a = c – b –––– (1)
x, y, z is a G.P.
y z
  –––– (2)
x y
c b b a
 y z
From (1) and (2),     
x  y
yc b zba

x c b y b a
yc b ba
1
x c b .z b  a
b–c c–a a–b
x .y .z =1
Geometric Mean G.M

In a finite geometric progression, the terms between the first term and
the last term is called the geometric means.
u1 , u2 , u3 , u4 , u5 , . . . . , un–1 , un is a G.P.
Geometric Means
For example , in the geometric progression, 3, 6, 12, 24, the geometric
means are 6 and 12.
Positive G. M between a and b = ab
(only one)
29
Q-1 Insert two geometric means between 2 and 128.
Solution
Let x and y be two G.M between 2 and 128.
2, x, y, 128 is a G.P.
u1 = a = 2 , u4 = 128
ar3 = 128
2r3 = 128
r3 = 64
r = 4
x = u2 = ar = 2 × 4 = 8
y = u3 = ar2 = 2(4)2 = 32
The two G.M are 8 and 32.
Q-2. The ratio of two positive numbers is 9:1. If the sum of the arithmetic
mean and positive geometric mean between the two numbers is 96. Find the
two numbers.
Solution
The ratio of two numbers = 9:1
Let these numbers be 9x and x.
By given,
A.M + G.M = 96
9x  x
 9x.x = 96
2
5x + 3x = 96
8x = 96
x = 12
 The two numbers are 108 and 12.
30
Sum of a geometric progression
Let sn denote the sum of the first n terms of the G.P.
sn = u1 + u2 + u3 + . . . + un
sn = a + ar + ar2 + . . . + arn–1 ––– (1)
rsn = ar + ar2 + . . . + arn–1 + arn ––– (2)
(1) – (2)  sn – rsn = a – arn
sn(1–r) = a(1–rn)
a (1  r n )
sn  , r 1
1 r
a ( r n  1)
(OR) s n  , r 1
r 1
If r = 1, then, sn = a + a + a + . . . . . + a
n times
 sn = na
where a = first term
r = common ratio
n = number of terms
un = nth term
sn = the sum of first n terms
31
Q-1. Show that 1  2  2  2 2  ..... to 12 terms = 63( 2  1)
Solution
1  2  2  2 2  .......
 It is a G.P.
a = u1 = 1 , r = 2
a ( r n  1)
sn 
r 1
1[( 2 )12  1]
s12 
2 1
26  1
=
2 1
64  1 2 1
= 
2 1 2 1
63( 2  1)
=
2 1
= 63( 2  1)
 1  2  2  2 2  .... to 12 terms = 63( 2  1)
32
Q-2. Find n if 1 + 3 + 32 + 33 + . . . . . 3n = 3280
Solution
1 + 3 + 32 + 33 + . . . . . 3n = 3280
3 + 32 + 33 + . . . . . + 3n = 3279
It is a G.P.
a = 3, r = 3, sn = 3279 , n = ?
a ( r n  1)
sn 
r 1
3(3n  1)
3279 
3 1
2
3279   3n  1
3
2186 = 3n –1
3n = 2187
3n = 37
n = 7
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ‘1’ ကိုညာဘက္မေရႊ႕လွ်င္ Sn+1 = 3280 ဟုထားတြက္ရမည္။
33
Q-3. Solve the equation.
x12
1+x+ x2 + x3 + x4 + x5 + x6 + x7 + x8 + x9 + x10 + x11 =x+3+
x 1
Solution
1 + x + x2 + x3 + . . . . .+ x11
 It is a G.P.
a = u1 = 1, r = x , n = 12
a (r n  1)
sn 
r 1
1( x12  1)
s12 
x 1
x12  1 x12
 x  3
x 1 x 1
12 2 12
x –1 = x –x+3x–3+x
2
x +2x–2 = 0
Compare with ax2 + bx + c = 0

 a = 1, b = 2, c = –2 (တစ္နည္း)
 b  b 2  4ac
x = x2 + 2x – 2 = 0
2a
 2  2 2  4(1)(2)
= x2 + 2x = 2
2(1)
2 48
= x2 + 2x + (1)2 = 2 + (1)2
2
2 2 3
= (x + 1)2 = 3
2
 x =  1 3 x + 1=  3
x =  1 3
34
Infinite Geometric Series
Let a + ar + ar2 + ar3 + . . . be an infinite geometric series.
If | r | < 1 , then the sum to infinity exists.

a
s , | r | 1   1  r  1
1 r
s = the sum to infinity
* If an infinite geometric series is convergent, we can find a finite sum.
* If an infinite geometric series is divergent, we cannot find a finite sum.
Q-1. Determine whether the sum to infinity of the G.P.

3, 0.3 , 0.03, . . . . . exists or not, and find it if it exists.
Solution
3, 0.3 , 0.03, . . . . . is a G.P.
a = 3,
| r | = | 0.1 | = 0.1 < 1,
the sum to infinity exists.
a 3 3 1 10 1
s     3
1  r 1  0.1 0.9 0.3 3 3
35
1
Q-2. A geometric progression is defined by u n  n
. Find sn and the
3
smallest value of n for which the sum of n terms and the sum to infinity
1
differ by less than .
100
1
Solution un  n
3
1 1
u1  , u 2 
3 9
1 3 1
r   
9 1 3
n
1   1  
1  
n
a (1  r ) 3   3   1  1 
sn     1  n 
1 r 1 2 3 
1
3
1
a 1
s  3 
1 r 1 1 2
3
1
s  sn 
100
1 1 1  1
 1  n  
2 2  3  100
1 1
 No log
3n 50
3n > 50 1.6990 0.2303
n log 3 > log 50 0.4771 1.6786 (တစ္နည္း)
log 50 n
n > 3.562 0.5517 3 > 50
log 3
1.6990 3 4
n > but 3 < 50 < 3
0.4771
n > 3.562
 The smallest value of n = 4.  The smallest value of n = 4.
36
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ Sum to infinity သည္ | r | < 1 ျဖစ္မွေပါင္းလဒ္ရွိေသာေၾကာင့္ S
a (1  r n )
ႏွင့္ Sn တြဲလွ်င္ Sn ကို r < 1 ျဖစ္ေသာ Sn  ကိုသံုးရမည္။
1 r
Q-3. A G.P has first term 2 and common ratio 0.95. Calculate the least
value of n for which s – sn < 1.
Solution
a = 2 , r = 0.95
a 2 2
s    40
1  r 1  0.95 0.05
a (1  r n ) 2[1  (0.95) n ] 2[1  (0.95) n ]
sn     40[1  (0.95) n ]
1 r 1  0.95 0.05
s – sn < 1
40 – 40 [1–(0.95)n] < 1
40 [1–1 + (0.95)n] < 1
1
(0.95) n 
40
(0.95)n < 0.025
log (0.95)n < log 0.025 No log
n log 0.95 < log 0.025 1.6021 0.2046
n ( 1 .9777) < ( 2 .3979) 0.0223 2.3483
n (–0.0223) < –1.6021 71.83 1.8563
0.0223n > 1.6021
1.6021
n >
0.0223
n > 71.83
 The smallest value of n is 72.
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ log ဇယားပါရမည္။ log 0.95 ျဖင့္မစားမိပါေစႏွင့္။
37
Q-4 The first three terms of an A.P are x, y, z. If these numbers x, y, z
2 3
are also the first, third and fourth terms of a G.P. Show that (2y–z)z =y .
Solution
x, y, z are the first three terms of an A.P.
 y–x=z–y
 x = 2y – z ––– (1)
Since x, y, z, are the first, third and fourth term of a G.P.

x = u1 = a
2
y = u3 = ar
3
z = u4 = ar
2 2
 (2y–z)z = xz (by Eq.(1))
3 2
= a(ar )
3 6
= a r
2 3
= (ar )
3
= y
38
Q-5. The sum of the first three terms of a G.P is 27 and the sum of the
fourth , fifth and sixth terms is –1. Find the common ratio and the sum to
infinity of the G.P.
Solution
In a G.P
a + ar + ar2 = 27
a(1 + r + r2) = 27 ––– (1)
ar3 + ar4 + ar5 = –1

ar3 (1 + r + r2) = –1 ––– (2)
Eq (2) ÷ Eq (1)
ar 3 (1  r  r 2 ) 1

a (1  r  r 2 ) 27
1
r3  
27
1
r
3
2
1  1  1 
If r   , a 1        27
3  3  3  
 1 1
a 1     27
 3 9
243
a
7
1 1
| r |    1
3 3
 Sum to infinity exists.
243 243
a 7 243 3 729
s   7   
1 r  1 4 7 4 28
1   
 3 3
39
Consecutive terms of a G.P.
a
3 terms , a, ar
r
a a 2
5 terms , , a, ar, ar
r2 r
a a 3
4 terms , , ar, ar
3 r
r
40
Q-6. The sum of three consecutive terms in a G.P is 42 and their product
is 512, find these terms.
Solution
a
Let the three consecutive terms of the G.P be , a, ar.
r
a
. a . ar = 512 (given)
r
3 3
a = 8
a = 8
a
+ a+ ar = 42 (given)
r
8
+ 8 + 8r = 42
r
2
8r –34r+8 = 0
2
4r –17r+4 = 0
(4r–1)(r–4) = 0
1
r= (or) r = 4
4
1 a 8
If r = , = = 32
4 r 1
4
a = 8
1
ar = 8× = 2
4
a 8
If r = 4, = = 2
r 4
a = 8
ar = 8×4 = 32
 Three consecutive terms of the G.P are 32, 8, 2 (or) 2, 8, 32.
41
7. Evaluation
A.P G.P
Definition u2–u1=u3–u2=…un–un–1 u2 u3 u
  .....  n
= d(common difference) u1 u 2 u n 1
= r (common ratio)
nth term (un) un = a + (n – 1)d un = arn–1
The sum to first n a (1  r n )
sn   2a  (n  1)d  sn  if r  1
n terms (Sn) 2 1 r
n a ( r n  1)
s n  a  l sn  if r  1
2 r 1
 = last term s n  na if r  1
The sum to infinity(s) a
s if | r |  1
1 r
Mean betweena and b ab G.M  ab
A.M 
2
Consecutive terms a – d, a , a + d a
3 terms a – 2d, a – d, a , a + d, a + 2d r , a , ar
5 terms a – 3d, a – d, a + d, a + 3d a a
4 terms , , a , ar , ar 2
2 r
r
a a
, , ar , ar 3
3 r
r
Relation Between un and sn
un = sn – sn–1 (for any sequence)
8. Exercise
Exercise (5.1), (5.2), (5.3), (5.4), (5.5), (5.6)
ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာပုစၧာမ်ားသည္ သင္ျ ပနည္းႏွင့္မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္ အခ်က္အလက္

မ်ားကိုသာ ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
42
Grade (10)
Chapter – 6
Matrices
1. Topic - Chapter – 6 Matrices
Subtopic - 6.1 Matrices
6.2 Equality of Matrices
6.3 Transpose of Matrices
6.4 Addition of Matrices
6.5 Multiplication of Matrix by a
Real Number
6.6 Multiplication of Matrices
6.7 The Inverse of a Square Matrix of
order 2
6.8 More about Inverse of Square
Matrices of order 2
6.9 Using Matrices to Solve System of
Linear Equations
2. Objectives - (a) To provide students write
understanding of basic concepts and
properties of matrices
(b) To help the students develop skills
in solving system of equations by
matrices method and utilize matrices as
transformation.
1
Materials - blackboard and chalk.
Activity
Matrix
A matrix is a rectangular array of number arranged in rows and
columns, the array being enclosed in round (or square) brackets. The
numbers are called entries or elements.
1st row  a11 a12 a13 

 
2nd row  a 21 a 22 a 23 
1 st 2nd 3rd
column column column
aij = the element in the ith row and jth column
Order of a Matrix
number of rows × number of columns
 1 2 3
A   
 4 5 6 
order of A = 2 × 3
Square Matrix
number of rows = number of columns
 1  2
A    is a square matrix of order 2.
3 4 
 1 4  3
 
B  0 2 1  is a square matrix of order 3.
 2 1 5 
 
2
Equality of Matrices
Two matrices are equal if and only if they are of the same order and
their corresponding entries are equal.
 x 4  1 4
    
 3 y  3 2
x = 1 and y = 2
 x2 y 2   4 9
Q. (1) Find x and y,  3  
  .
y x 3    27 8 
Solution
 x 2 y2   4 9
    
 y3 x 3   27 8
   
x2 = 4 , y2 = 9 , y3 = –27 , x3 = 8
x =  2 , y =  3 , y = –3 , x = 2
 x = 2 , y = –3
Transpose of a Matrix A ( A )
A is a matrix whose rows are columns and whose columns are rows
of A.
 1 2
 
A   3 4
 5 6
 
 1 3 5
Transpose of A = A   
 2 4 6 
3
 x 5  9  3
Q. (2) Let P    and Q   
  3 y   5  7 
Find x and y , given that P  Q .
Solution
 x 5  9  3
P    , Q   
  3 y  5  7
P  Q
 x 5  9 5 
  =  
  3 y   3  7
 x = 9 , y = –7
Addition of Matrices
If A and B are two matrices of the same order, the sum of A and B,
denoted by A+B, is the matrix obtained by adding each entry of A to the
corresponding entry of B.
 3 2  1   2 1 1   3  2 2  1  1 
       
 2 0 5   3 5  5   2  3 0  5 5  5 
1 3 0
=  
 5 5 0 
 2 1  3 2
Q. (3) A    and B   
 3 4   4 5 
Find the matrices A + B and B + A.
Solution
 2 1  3 2
A    , B   
 3 4   4 5 
2 1  3 2  5 3
A + B =      
3 4   4 5   7 9 
3 2  2 1  5 3
B + A =     
4 5   3 4   7 9 
4
Zero Matrix (0)
A matrix whose elements are all zero.
 0 0
0   
 0 0 
Note A + 0 = 0 + A = A
Negative Matrix of A (–A)

–A is a matrix in which each entry is the negative of the
corresponding entry in A.
 a b   a  b
If A    , then  A   
 c d   c  d
Note A + (–A) = (–A) + A = 0
 –A is the additive inverse of A.
Multiplication of Matrices by a real numbers (scalars)

To multiply a matrix by a real number k, we multiply each entry by
that number.
 a b   ka kb 
k    
 c d   kc kd 
This operation is scalar multiplication.
 3 4  2  3 2  4  6 8 
2       
 5 6   2  5 2  6   10 12 
5
 2  2 5 a  b 6
Q. (4) Given that A   , B    and , C   
 2 3   c 4   4 d 
Find the value of a , b, c and d when 2A+B = C.
Solution
 2  2 5 a   b 6
A   , B   , C   
2 3   c 4  4 d
2A + B = C
 2  2 5 a   b 6
2       
 2 3   c 4   4 d 
 4  4  5 a   b 6
       
 4 6   c 4   4 d 
 9  4  a  b 6
    
 4  c 10   4 d 
b = 9 , –4+a = 6 , 4+c = 4 , d = 10
b = 9 , a = 10 , c = 0 , d = 10
a = 10, b = 9, c = 0 , d = 10
Multiplication of Matrices
 1 2  5 
AB    
 3 4  6 
2×2 2×1
same
AB exists.
 5  1 2 
BA    
 6  3 4 
2×1 2×1
different
BA does not exist.
Rule: Multiply "row into column and add the products".
 a b  x   ax  by 
     
 c d y
   cx  dy 
6
 a b  p q   ap  br aq  bs 
     
 c d  r s   cp  dr cq  ds 
Multiplication of matrices is not a general commutative, it is
associative and distributive with respect to matrix addition.
 2 0 1 0
Q. (5) A   , B    , Find ( i ) AB ( ii ) BA ( iii ) the value of
 1 5   2 k 
k if AB = BA.
Solution
 2 0  1 0
A   , B   
 1 5   2 k 
 2 0  1 0 
(i) AB =   
 1 5  2 k 
 20 00 
=  
 1  10 0  5 k 
2 0
=  
 11 5 k 
 1 0  2 0 
( ii ) BA =   
 2 k  1 5 
20 00 
=  
 4  k 0  5 k 
 2 0
=  
 4  k 5 k 
( iii ) AB = BA
2 0  2 0
  =  
11 5k   4  k 5k 
4 + k = 11
k = 7
7
  2 2  2 5  4 4 
Q. (6) Let A   , B    and C   
 3 4   3 4    3  2 
Prove that A(B+C) = AB + AC. What is the name of this law?
Solution
  2 2  2 5  4 4 
A   , B    and C   
 3 4  3 4   3  2
 2 5  4 4 
B + C =     
 3 4    3  2 
6 9
=  
 0 2 
  2 2  6 9 
A (B + C) =    
 3 4  0 2 
  12  0  18  4 
=  
 18  0 27  8 
  12  14 
=  
 18 35 
  2 2  2 5
AB =    
 3 4  3 4 
  4  6  10  8 
=  
 6  12 15  16 
 2  2
=  
18 31 
  2 2  4 4 
AC =    
 3 4   3  2
  8  6  8  4
=  
12  12 12  8 
  14  12 
=  
 0 4 
8
 2  2    14  12 
AB + AC =   +  
 18 31   0 4 
  12  14 
=  
 18 35 
 A(B+C) = AB + AC
 The name of this law is distributive law.
Definition : Let A be a square matrix.

Then A2 = AA, A3 = AA2 , A4 = AA3 , A5 = AA4 and so on.
Unit Matrix ( I ) Identity matrix

A matrix where each element in the main diagonal is 1 and the other
are all zero.
1 0 0
 1 0   
I    and I   0 1 0
 0 1 0 0
 1 
9
 3 1
Q. (7) Given that A    , I is the unit matrix of order 2 and
  1 2 
A2+kA+7I = 0. Find the value of k.

 3 1 1 0
Solution A   , I   
  1 2   0 1 
A2 = A A
 3 1  3 1 
=   
  1 2   1 2 
 9 1 3 2 
=  
  3  2  1  4 
 8 5
=  
  5 3 
A2 + kA + 7I = 0
 8 5  3 1   1 0   0 0
   k   7    
  5 3   1 2  0 1   0 0 
 8 5   3k k   7 0   0 0
          
  5 3    k 2k   0 7   0 0 
 15 5   3k k   0 0
       
  5 10    k 2 k  0 0 
15  3k 5  k   0 0
    
  5  k 10  2 k  0 0 
15+3k = 0 , 5+k = 0 , –5–k = 0, 10+2k = 0
k = –5 , k = –5 , k = –5 , k = –5
 k = –5
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ entry (၄)ခုလံုး ‘0’ ႏွင့္ ညီရမည္။
Note IA = AI = A
10
Inverse of a Square Matrix (Definition)
Let A and B are matrices of the same order. If AB = BA = I, then B is
the inverse of A and A is the inverse of B.
AB = BA = I  A and B are inverse of each other.
We can write A = B–1 (or) B = A–1
Property : A–1 A = AA–1 = I
 5  2   1 2
If A    and B   , show that A and B are inverse of
 3 1   3 5
each other.
Solution
 5  2   1 2
A   , B   
 3  1    3 5 
 5  2   1 2 
AB =   
 3  1   3 5 
  5  6 10  10 
=  
 3 3 6 5 
 1 0
=   = I
 0 1
  1 2  5  2 
BA =   
  3 5  3  1 
  5  6 2  2
=  
  15  15 6  5 
 1 0
=   = I
 0 1 
AB = BA = I
 A and B are inverse of each other.
–1
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ Investigate whether or not squares of B and B are inverse of
2 –1 2 –1 2 2
each other ပုစၧာတြင္ B (B ) = (B ) B = I ျဖစ္ေၾကာင္းျပရမည္။
11
Q. (8) Using the definition of inverse of matrix, find the inverse of
1 4 
  .
 1 2 
Solution
1 4  1  a b 
Let A   , A   
1 2   c d
By the definition of inverse of matrix,
A A–1 = I 1 4  a b   1 0 
     
1 2  c d   0 1 
 a  4c b  4d   1 0 
    
 a  2c b  2d   0 1 
a + 4c = 1 b + 4d = 0
a + 2c = 0 b + 2d = 1
– – – – – –
2c = 1 2d = –1
1 1
c d
2 2
1 1 1  1
If c  , a  2   0 If d   , b  2    1
2  2 2  2
a = –1 b=2
 1 2 
1  1 1
A 
  
 2 2
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ပုစၧာတြင္ Defination of inverse of matrix သံုးပါလို႔ပါေသာေၾကာင့္ det
ႏွင့္ ရွာလိ႔မ
ု ရပါ။ A A–1 = A–1 A = I ကိုသံုးရမည္။
12
Determinant of a square Matrix of order 2
 a b
A   
 c d 
det A = ad – bc
det A = 0  A is a singular matrix.
det A  0  A is a non-singular matrix.
Inverse of a square matrix of order 2

 a b
A   
 c d 
det A = 0  A–1 does not exist.
det A  0  A–1 exists.
1  d  b
A 1   
det A   c a 
1  d  b
=  
ad – bc   c a 
Matrix equations
If A, B and X are square matrices of the same order, such that
AX = B and A has an inverse A–1 , then
AX = B
A–1AX = A–1B
I X = A–1B
X = A–1B
13
 3 1  2 5 
Q.(9) Given that A    and B    , write down the inverse
 2 1    1  3 
matrix of A. Use your result to find the matrices P and Q such that
( i ) AP = B ( ii ) QA = B.
Solution
 3 1  2 5 
A   , B   
 2 1    1  3 
det A = 3 – 2 = 1  0
 A–1 exists.
1  1  1 1  1  1  1  1
A 1      
det A   2 3  1   2 3    2 3 
(i) AP = B
A AP = A–1 B
–1
IP = A–1 B
P = A–1 B
 1  1 2 5 
=   
  2 3   1  3 
 2 1 5 3 
=  
  4  3  10  9 
 3 8 
=  
  7  19 
( ii ) QA = B
QAA–1 = BA–1
QI = BA–1
Q = BA–1
 2 5  1  1
=   
  1  3   2 3 
 2  10  2  15 
=  
  1  6 1  9 
  8 13 
=  
 5  8 
14
3 1  0 9  7  8
Q.(10) Solve the matrix equation.   X  2    
 3 2   2 5   2 16 
Solution
3 1 0 9  7  8
  X  2  
3 2 2 5   2 16 
3 1 0 18   7  8
 X    
3 2 4 10   2 16 
3 1 7  8  0 18 
 X    
3 2 2 16   4 10 
3 1 7 10 
  X   
3 2 6 26 
3 1 7 10 
Let A   , B   
3 2 6 26 
det A = 6 – 3 = 3  0
1  2  1
 A–1 =  
3   3 3 
AX = B
–1
X= A B
1  2  1 7 10 
=   
3   3 3  6 26 
1  14  6 20  26 
=  
3   21  18  30  78 
1  8  6   8  2 
=     3
3   3 48    1 16 
–1
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ X ကို စာလံုးအႀကီးႏွင့္ေရးရမည္။ X ကို၀င္မေျမွာက္ရ။ A ကိုေရးရာတြင္
– 1
A ႏွင့္ A ေရးလွ်င္ အမွတ္မ်ားျပဳတ္တတ္သည္။
15
Using Matrices to Solve System of Linear Equations
3x + y = 9
3x + 2y =12
 3 1  x   9 
     
 3 2  y  12 
 2  3
Q. (11) Find the inverse of the matrix   and use it to find the
  1 5 
solution set of the system of equations 5y – x = 3
2x – 3y = 1
Solution
 2  3
Let A   
  1 5 
det A = 10 – 3 = 7  0
 A–1 exists.
5 3 
1 1  5 3   7 7
A    
7  1 2  1 2 
 7 7
5y – x = 3
2x – 3y = 1
2x – 3y = 1
–x + 5y = 3
 2  3  x   1 
     
  1 5  y   3 
 2  3  x 1
Let A   , X   , B   
 1 5   y  3
AX = B
A AX = A–1B
–1
I X = A–1B
X = A–1B
16
1  5 3  1 
X    
7  1 2  3 
1  5  9
=  
7  1  6 
1 14 
=  
7 7 
 x   2
    
 y 1
x=2,y=1
The solution set = { (2, 1) }
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ေပးထားေသာ matrix ၏ inverse ကို အရင္ရွာရမည္။ x=2, y=1 လို႔

–1
မေရးဘဲ Solution set ေရးလွ်င္ အမွတ္ျပဳတ္မည္။ AX=B, X = A B တြင္ X
ကို စာလံုးအႀကီးႏွင့္ေရးရမည္။
Q. (12) Try to solve the system of equations x + y = 4

3x + 3y = 12
Explain, with the aid of a cartesian diagrams, why you failed.
Solution
x+y=4
3x + 3y = 12
 1 1  x   4 
     
 3 3  y  12 
1 1  x 4
Let A   , X   , B   
 3 3  y 12 
AX = B
A–1AX = A–1B
I X = A–1B
X = A–1B
det A = 3 – 3 = 0
 A–1 does not exist.
We cannot solve the equations.
17
x+y=4
x 0 4
y 4 0
3x + 3y = 12
x 0 4
y 4 0
(0, 4)
(4, 0)
X
O
x+y = 4
3x+3y = 12
The two lines are same straight line.

 The point of interesction of two lines is not unique.
 We cannot have a unique solution for x and y.
18
7. Evaluation The teacher discuss the following problem to the students.
3 5 -1
Q-1 M    .Find M . Investigate whether or not the squares of M
1 2
and M–1 are also inverse of each other.
 2 1  3 4
Q-2 Given that A    and B    , Write down the matrix
 5 3    2 1 
–1
A and use it to solve the following equations.
( i ) AX = B–A ( ii ) YA = 3B+2A
 3 4 2 –1 –1 2
Q-3 Given that A    . Verify that (A ) = (A ) .
 2 3
 a b  b  1 a  1
Q-4 Given that both   and   are singular,
  3 2    3 2 
find a and b.
8. Exercise Exercise (6.1) to (6.10)
ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာပုစာၦမ်ားသည္ သင္ျ ပနည္းႏွင့္မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္

အခ်က္အလက္ မ်ားကိုသာ ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
19
Grade (10)
Chapter – 7
Introduction to Probability
1. Topic - Chapter – 7 Introduction to Probability
Subtopic - 7.1 Calculating Probabilities by using
Tree diagram
7.2 Combinations of Outcomes
7.3 Calculation of Expected Frequency
2. Objectives - At the end of this lesson, the student will
be able to
(1) Calculate probabilities for outcomes, by
Using tree diagrams and for combinations
of outcomes.
(2) Calculate the expected frequency.
Materials - Die, Coin
Probability
For an experiment, the total number of successful events divided
by the total number of possible events.
number of favourable outcomes
Pr obability of an event 
number of possible outcomes
Note - 0  P ( A)  1 (ျဖစ္ရပ္တစ္ခ၏ ု ျဖစ္တန္စြမ္းသည္ ‘0’ ႏွင့္ ‘1’ ၾကား၊ ‘0’

လည္းျဖစ္ႏိုင္၊ ‘1’ လည္းျဖစ္ႏိုင္သ ည္။)
 မျဖစ္ႏိုင္ေသာ probability တန္ဘိုးမ်ားမွာ အႏုတ္ကိန္းမ်ား,1ထက္ႀကီးေသာကိန္းမ်ား
1
7.1 Calculating Probabilities by Using Tree Diagrams
Tree Diagram ဟုေခၚရျခင္းမွာ စမ္းသပ္ႀကိမ္တစ္ႀ ကိမ္မွ စမ္းသပ္ႀကိမ္ေပါင္း
မ်ားစြာသိ႔ု ခြဲထြက္စဥ္းစားႏိုင္ျခင္းေၾကာင့္ ျဖစ္သ ည္။ သစ္ကိုင္းတစ္ခုမွ သစ္ကိုင္းေပါင္း
မ်ားစြာ ခြဲသြားျခင္းကို ကိုယ္စားျပဳသံုးထားျခင္းျဖစ္သည္။
First toss Second toss Possible outcomes
H (H, H)
H
T (H, T)
H (T, H)
T
T (T, T)
The set of all possible outcomes = {(H, H), (H, T), (T, H), (T, T)}
Number of all possible outcomes = 4
The set of favourable outcomes = { (H, H) }
The number of favourable outcomes = 1
1
P(two heads) =
4
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ Some Mistakes
1st toss 2nd toss Poss. Outcomes
H (H, H)
H
T (H, T)
(Tree branch သဖြယ္ျဖစ္ေန၍ မွားပါသည္။)
2
Q – 1 Draw a tree diagram to list all possible two-digit numbers which
can be formed by using the digits 2, 3, 5 and 6 without repetition. If one of
these numerals is chosen at random, find the probability that it is divisible
by 13. Find also the probability that it is either a prime number or a perfect
square.
Solution
Tens’ digit Ones’ digit Possible outcomes

3 23
2 5 25
6 26
2 33
3 5 35
6 36
2 52
5 3 53
6 56
2 62
6 3 63
5 65
The number of possible outcomes = 12
3
The set of favourable outcomes = { 26, 52, 65 }

3 1
P(a numeral which is divisible by 13) = 
12 4
The set of favourable outcomes = { 23, 25, 36, 53 }

P(a numeral which is either a prime number
4 1
or a perfect square) = 
12 3
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ‛‛ႏွစ္လံုးတြဲဂဏန္း″ (two-digit numerals) ဟု ဆိုေသာေၾကာင့္ Tree

diagram တြင္ Tens’ digit, Ones’ digit ဟုေရးရမည္။ possible outcomes တြင္
( , ) မေရးရပါ။ The set of possible outcomes ေမးလွ်င္ ေရးပါ။ possibability
fromula တြင္ favourable ႏွင့္ possible မွားေရးလွ်င္ အေျဖမွန္လ ည္း ဆက္မစစ္ပါ။
အေျဖကို အရွင္းဆံုးပံုစံျဖင့္ေဖာ္ျပပါ။ ပုစာၦတြင္ ‘0’ ပါလာလွ်င္ ေရွ႕ဆံုးတြင္ မထားရပါ။
4
Q – 2 Box A contains 4 pieces of paper numbered 1, 2, 3, 4. Box B
contains 2 pieces of paper numbered 1, 2. One piece of paper is chosen at
random from each box. Draw a tree diagram to list all possible outcomes of
the experiment. Find the probability that the product of the two numbers
chosen is at least 4. Find also the probability the sum of two chosen
numbers is equal to their product.
Solution
Box A Box B Possible outcomes

1 (1, 1)
1
2 (1, 2)
1 (2, 1)
2
2 (2, 2)
1 (3, 1)
3
2 (3, 2)
1 (4, 1)
4
2 (4, 2)
5
The set of favourable outcomes = { (2,2), (3,2), (4,1), (4,2) }
4 1
P(the product of the two numbers chosen is at least 4) = 
8 2
The set of favourable outcomes = { (2,2) }
P(the sum of the two chosen numbers is equal
1
to their product) =
8
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ကိန္းႏွစ္ခုေျမွာက္လဒ္အနည္းဆံုး 4 ဟုေမးရာတြင္ ေျမွာက္လဒ္ 4 လည္းယူ
ေျမွာက္လဒ္ 4 ထက္ႀကီးတာလည္းယူမည္။ ေျမွာ က္လဒ္ 4 ေအာက္ငယ္တာမ်ားပယ္သည္။
7.2 Combinations of Outcomes

If the probability of an outcome of an experiment is P, then the
probability that the outcome will not happen is 1–P.
P(A) + P(not A) = 1
P(A) = 1 – P(not A)
P(not A) = 1 – P(A)
If A and B are mutually exclusive outcomes, P(A or B) = P(A)+P(B)
* ျဖစ္ရပ္ A ႏွင့္ ျဖစ္ရပ္ B တို႔သည္ တစ္ၿပိဳင္တည္းမျဖစ္ခဲ့လွ်င္ mutually exclusive
outcomes ဟုေခၚသည္။
ဥပမာ - ျမျမစာေမးပြဲေအာင္ျခင္းႏွင့္ က်ရံႈးျခင္းတိ႔သ
ု ည္ တစ္ၿပိဳင္နက္တည္းမျဖစ္ႏိုင္သည့္
အတြက္ mutually exclusive outcomes ဟုေခၚသည္။
If A and B are independent outcomes, P(A and B) = P(A)×P(B)
* ျဖစ္ရပ္ A ၏ျဖစ္ေပၚမႈသည္ အျခားျဖစ္ရပ္ B ၏ probability ကို အက်ိဳးသက္ေရာက္မႈ
မရွိဘဲ တစ္ၿပိဳင္နက္တည္းျဖစ္ေပၚလွ်င္ ၎တို႔ကို independent outcomes ဟုေခၚသည္။
ဥပမာ - ျမျမစာေမးပြဲေအာင္ျ ခင္းႏွင့္ ထီေပါက္ျခင္းတိ႔သ
ု ည္ သက္ဆိုင္ျခင္းမရွိ၊
ၿပိဳင္တူျဖစ္ႏိုင္သည့္အတြက္ Independent ျဖစ္သည္။
6
Q–1 Tree tennis players A, B, C play each other once only. The
1 2
probability that A will beat B is , that B will beat C is and that C will
3 5
2
beat A is . Calculate the probability that C wins both games.
7
Solution
P(C wins both games) = P(C beats A and C beats B)
= P(C beats A) × P(C beats B)
= P(C beats A) × (1–P(B beats C))
2  2 6
=  1   
7  5  35
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ and ႏွင့္ မေဖာ္ျပဘဲအေျမွာက္(×)တန္း မေရးရပါ။ ဒုတိယအဆင့္
အေျမွာက္(×)ျပင္ရာတြင္ တစ္ခုစီကို Probability ယူရမည္။ and ႏွင့္ေရးရာတြင္ ‘C
beats B’ ေရွ႕မွာ Probability မပါရပါ။
Q – 2 A bag contains three white, five blue and six red marbles.
(i) one marble is drawn at random. Find the probability that it is not red.
(ii) Two marbles are drawn at random one after another without
replacement. Find the probability that they are both white.
Solution
white blue red Marbles
3 + 5 + 6 = 14
(i) P(the marble is not red) (OR) P(the marble is not red)
= 1–P(the marble is red) = P(the marble is white or blue)
6
= 1 = P(marble is white)+P(marble is blue)
14
8 4 3 5 8 4
=  =   
14 7 14 14 14 7
(ii) P(both marbles are white) = P(1st white and 2nd white)
= P(1st white) × P(2nd white)
3 2 3
=  
14 13 91
7
Q – 3 A bag contains 12 balls: three red, three blue, three green and three
yellow. Three balls are drawn from the bag in succession, without
replacement. What is the probability that the first is red, the second is
green or blue, and the third yellow?
Solution
red blue green yellow Balls
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 12
3
P(the first is red) =
12
P(the second is green or blue) = P(2nd green) + P(2nd blue)
3 3 6
=  
11 11 11
3
P(the third yellow) =
10
P(the first is red, the second is green or blue and the third yellow)
= P(the first is red) × P(the second is green or blue)×P(the third yellow)
3 6 3 9
=   
12 11 10 220
3
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ဒုတိယ ေဘာလံုးအစိမ္း(သို႔)အျပာေမးရာတြင္ P(2 ဟု
nd
blue) =
10
မေရးမိရန္ သတိျပဳရမည္။
8
Q – 4 The probabilities of students A, B, C to pass an examination are
3 4 5
, and respectively. Find the probability that at least one of them
4 5 6
will pass the examination.
Solution
3 1
P(A fails the exam) = 1 
4 4
4 1
P(B fails the exam) = 1 
5 5
5 1
P(C fails the exam) = 1 
6 6
P(all fail the exam) = P(A fails and B fails and C fails)
= P(A fails) × P(B fails) × P(C fails)
1 1 1 1
=   
4 5 6 120
P(at least one of them will pass the exam)
= 1 – P(all fail the exam)
1 119
= 1 
120 120
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ A, B, C သံုးေယာက္ထဲမွ အနည္းဆံုး (at least) တစ္ေယာက္စာေမးပြဲ

ေအာင္မည့္ျဖစ္တန္စြမ္းတြင္ 1 ေယာက္ေအာင္၊ 2 ေယာက္ေအာင္၊ 3 ေယာက္စလံုးေအာင္
တာလည္းယူမည္ျဖစ္ေသာေၾကာင့္ 3 ေယာက္စလံုးက်တာကိုပယ္ရမည္။3 ေယာက္စလံုး
က်တာကိုရွာၿပီး ‘1’ ထဲက ႏုတ္ျခင္းျဖစ္သည္။
9
Q – 5 If two dice are rolled, find the probability of getting a total of 10 or
more, and calculate the probability of both dice show the same number.
Solution
2nd die
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 (1,1) (1,2) (1,3) (1,4) (1,5) (1,6)
2 (2,1) (2,2) (2,3) (2,4) (2,5) (2,6)
3 (3,1) (3,2) (3,3) (3,4) (3,5) (3,6)
1st die
4 (4,1) (4,2) (4,3) (4,4) (4,5) (4,6)
5 (5,1) (5,2) (5,3) (5,4) (5,5) (5,6)
6 (6,1) (6,2) (6,3) (6,4) (6,5) (6,6)

The set of favourable outcomes = {(6,4),(5,5),(4,6),(6,5),(5,6),(6,6)}
6 1
P(getting a total of 10 or more) = 
36 6
The set of favourable outcomes = {(1,1),(2,2),(3,3),(4,4),(5,5),(6,6)}
6 1
P(both dice show the same number) = 
36 6
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ Table ဆြဲရာတြင္ 1 die ကို Table ရဲ႕ ဘယ္ဘက္၊ 2 die ကို Table ရဲ႕
st nd
အေပၚတြင္ ထားရမည္။ ေနရာမွားလွ်င္ အမွတ္မရေတာ့ပါ။ heading ပါရမည္။

ရမွတ္မ်ားတြင္ ( , ) ပါရမည္။
10
Q – 6 Two independent events, A and B, each has two possible outcomes
success or failure. The probability of success in B is half the probability of
2
success in A. If the probability of both A and B resulting in failure is ,
9
calculate the probability that the outcomes of event B is success.
Solution
1
P(success in B) = P(success in A)
2
Let P(success in B) = x
P(success in A) = 2x
P(both A and B resulting in failure)
= P(failure in A)×P(failure in B)
= [ 1– P(succession A) ] [ 1–P(success in B) ]
= (1–2x) (1–x)
2
= 1–3x+2x
2 2
By given, 1–3x+2x =
9
2
9–27x+18x = 2
2
18x –27x+7 = 0
(3x–1) (6x–7) = 0
3x–1 = 0 (or) 6x–7 = 0
1 7
x= (or) x =
3 6
but 0  Probability  1
1
x =
3
1
P(success in B) =
3
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ျဖစ္ရပ္တစ္ခု၏ ျဖစ္တန္စြမ္းသည္ အနည္းဆံုး သုည ႏွင့္ အမ်ားဆံုး

7
တစ္အထိသာ ရွိေသာေၾကာင့္ x = ကိုပယ္ျခင္းျဖစ္သည္။
6
11
Q–7 The probabilities of three teams, A, B and C, winning a football
1 1 1
competition are , and respectively. Assuming only one team can win,
4 8 10
find the probability that either A or B wins. Find also the probability that
neither A nor C wins.
Solution
1
P(A wins) =
4
1
P(B wins) =
8
1
P(C wins) =
10
P(either A or B wins) = P(A wins) + P(B wins)
1 1
= 
4 8
2 1 3
= 
8 8
P(neither A nor C wins)
= 1–P(either A or C wins)
= 1–[P(A wins) + P(C wins)]
1 1 
= 1–   
 4 10 
5 2
= 1–  
 20 
7
= 1–
20
13
=
20
12
Q – 8 Three groups of children consist of 3 boys and 1 girl, 2 boys and 2
girls and 1 boy and 3 girls, respectively. If a child is chosen from each
group, find the probability that 1 boy and 2 girls are chosen.
Solution
1st group 3 boys 1 girl

2nd group 2 boys 2 girls Let boy = B, girl = G
3rd group 1 boy 3 girls
P(1 boy and 2 girls are chosen)

= P((B, G, G) or (G, B, G) or (G, G, B) )
= P(B, G, G) + P(G, B, G) + P(G, G, B)
3 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1
=          
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
18 6 2
=  
64 64 64
26 13
= 
64 32
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ or ႏွင့္ ေရးရာတြင္ ‛ကြင္း′မ်ား မွန္ကန္စြာေရးဖိ႔လ

ု ိုအပ္ပါသည္။ Probability
အတြက္ သီးသန္႔ကြင္းရွိရမည္။
7.3 Calculation of Expected Frequency

In a number of trials, the expected frequency of an outcome =
(the probability of the outcome) × (the number of trials)
13
Q – 1 If a die is rolled 60 times, what is the expected frequency of
(i) 4 turns up? (ii) prime number turns up? (iii) a factor of 6 turns up?
Solution
(i) Expected frequency of 4 turns up = P(4) × number of trials

1
=  60  10
6
(ii) Expected frequency of prime number

turns up = P(2 or 3 or 5) × number of trials
3
=  60  30
6
(iii) Expected frequency of a factor of

6 turns up = P(1 or 2 or 3 or 6) × number of trials
4
=  60  40
6
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ Expected frequency ကို (E.f) ဟု အတိုေကာက္မေရးရပါ။ Expected

frequency ၏ေနာက္တြင္ ရွာလိုေသာျဖစ္ရပ္ကို ထည့္ေရးရမည္။
14
Q – 2 A spinner is equally likely to point to anyone of the numbers
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 and 10. If the spinner is spun 1000 times, what is the
expected frequency of an odd number? What final score would you expect
if all the individual scores are added together in these 1000 trials?
Solution
The set of possible outcomes = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10}

The set of favourable outcomes = {1,3,5,7,9}
5 1
P(an odd number) = 
10 2
In 1000 trials, the expected frequency
1
of an odd number =  1000  500
2
1
Probability of each number =
10
In 1000 trials,
1
The expected frequency of each number =  1000  100
10
Expected total score = 1×100+2×100+3×100+4×100+5×100+6×100+
7×100+8×100+9×100+10×100
= (1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10)100
= 55×100 = 5500
15
Q – 3 List the set of four possible outcomes when two coins are tossed.
How many would you expect to obtain two tails in 200 trials.
Solution
Two coins are tossed.
The set of four possible outcomes = {(H,H), (H,T), (T,H), (T,T)}
In 200 trials, the expected frequency of two tails = P(T,T) × 200
1
=  200
4
= 50
7. Evaluation
Q – 1 A coin is tossed three times. Head or tail is recorded each time.
Drawing a tree diagram, find the probability of getting exactly one head
and getting no heads.
Q – 2 A spinner is equally likely to point to any one of the number
1,2,3,4,5,6,7. What is the probability of scoring a number divisible by 3? If
the arrow is spun 700 times, how many would you expect scoring a number
not divisible by 3?
8.Exercise Exercise (7.1), (7.2), (7.3)
ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာပုစာၦမ်ားသည္ သင္ျ ပနည္းႏွင့္မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္

အခ်က္အလက္ မ်ားကိုသာ ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
16
Grade (10)
Chapter – 8
Circles
1. Topic - Chapter – 8 Circles

- 8.1 Angles in a Circles
8.2 Product Properties of Circles
8.3 Concyclic Points and Converse

Theorems
2. Objectives - (a) To explain relationships among circles,

angles and parts of circles called arcs.
(b) To develop logical thinking and deductive
reasoning powers,
(c) To develop spatial intutions and
perceptions of the real world through
construction of deductive arguments and
proofs.
Materials - Blackboard and chalk,
Prescribed text book, a chat showing the
theorems and corollaries of circle.
Activity
1
8.1 Angles in a Circle
Theoem ( 1 )
The angle which an arc of a circle subtends at the centre is double of
that which it subtends at only point on the remaining part of the
circumference.


 = 2
O O
1
   = 
2
Corollary 1.1
Angles in the same segment of a circle are equal to one another.
   = 
 
O O
Corollary 1.2
The angle in a semicircle is a right angle.

 = 90°
O
2
Corollary 1.3
The opposite angles of a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle are
supplementary.
 +  = 180°

Corollary 1.4
If one side of a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle is produced, the
exterior angle so formed is equal to the interior opposite angle of the
quadrilateral.

 = 

Theorem (2)
In congruent circles, or in the same circle, equal angles at the centre
stand on equal arcs.
Conversely, in congruent circules or in the same circle, equal arcs
subtend equal angles at the centre.
O R =  arc PBQ = arc SCT

 
P Q S T
B C
3
Corollary 2.1
In congruent circles, or in the same circle, equal angles at the
circumference stand on equal arcs, and conversely, equal arcs subtend equal
angles at the circumference.
 
=  arc PBQ = arc SCT
P Q S T
B C
Theorem (3)
In congruent circles, or in the same circle, equal chords cut off equal
arcs. Conversely, in congruent circles, or in the same circle, the chords of
equal arcs are equal.
.O .R
P Q S T PQ = ST  arc PBQ = arc SCT
B C
Theorem (4)
The angles which a tangent to a circle makes with a chord drawn
through the point of contact are equal to the angles in the alternate
segments of the circle.

=

4
Q-1 Two circles intersect at M, N and from M diameters MA, MB are
drawn in each circle. If A, B joined to N, prove ANB is a straight line.
Solution
M
A N B
Given : Two circles intersect at M, N. MA and MB are diameter

in each circle.
To prove : ANB is a straight line.
Proof : Draw MN
MNA = 90°
(angle in semicircles)
MNB = 90°
So MNA + MNB = 90° + 90° = 180°

ANB is a straight line.
5
Q-2 Draw a circle and a tangent TAS meeting it at A. Draw a chord AB
marking TAB = 60° and another chord BC // TS. Prove that ABC is
equilateral.
Solution
T A S
60°

B C
Given : In the figure, TAS is a tangent at A,

TAB = 60° , BC // TS
To prove : ABC is equilateral
Proof : C = TAB = 60° (Theorem – 4)

B = TAB = 60° (BC // TS)
 = 180° – (B + C)
= 180° – (60° + 60°)
= 60°
 = B = C
 BC = AC = AB
ABC is equilateral.
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ မ်ဥ္းၿပိဳင္ႏွစ္ေၾကာင္းကို ျဖတ္မ်ဥ္းတစ္ေၾကာင္းတျဖတ္လွ်င္ သမသတ္ေထာင့္

မ်ား ထပ္တူညီသည္။ ႀတိဂံ၏ အတြင္းေထာင့္သံုးခုေပါင္းျခင္း 180º ရွိသည္။
6
Q-3 ABC is a triangle inscribed in a circle whose centre is O, and OD is
the perpendicular drawn from O to BC. Prove that BOD = BAC.
Solution A
B D C
Given : ABC is inscribed in O and OD  BC.
To prove : BOD = BAC.
Proof : Join O and C.

BOD and COD,
BD = CD (OD  BC)
OD = OD (common side)
OB = OC (radii)
BOD  COD (SSS)
BOD = COD
1
= BOC
2
1
But BAC = BOC
2
BOD = BAC
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ဗဟိုကိုျဖတ္ေသာ မ်ဥ္းေျဖာင့္တ စ္ေၾကာင္းသည္ ေလးႀကိဳးတစ္ေၾကာင္းကို

ေထာင့္မတ္က ်လွ်င္ ယင္းသည္၎ေလးႀကိဳးကို ထက္၀က္လည္းပိုင္း၏။
Q-4 Two unequal circles are tangent externally at O. AB is a chord

7
of the first circle. AB is tangent to the second circle at C, and AO
meets this circle at E. Prove that BOC = COE.
Solution A
E
O
P. .Q
A 
B γ
D
C
Given : Two unequal circle P and Q are tangent externally at O.

AB is chord of P, and AB is tangent to Q at C. AO
meets Q at E.
Prove : BOC = COE
Proof : Draw a common tangent at O cuts BC at D.

 = A (Theorem – 4)
 = r (Two equal tangents to Q from external

point D)
  +  = A + r
= COE
BOC = COE
Theorem (5)
8
If two chords of a circle intersect at a point within the circle, the
product of the lengths of the segments of the one is equal to the product of
the lengths of the segments of the other.
A D
P AP . PB = CP . PD
C B
Theorem (6)
If a secant and a tangent are drawn to a circle from an external point,
the square of the length of the tangent segment is equal to the product of the
length of the secant segment and its external part.
A
2
B PT = PA . PB
P
T
Corollary 6.1
If two chords of a circle intersect at a point without the circle, the
product of the lengths of the segments of the one is equal to the product of
the lengths of the segments of the other.
C
D PA . PB = PC . PD
P
B
A
9
Q-1 In parallelogram PQRS, PQ = 5cm, PR = 8cm, QS = 6cm. Calculate
the lengths of AR and BR
S B R
A
O
P Q
Given : PQRS is parallelogram, PQ = 5cm, PR = 8cm, QS = 6cm
To find : AR and BR
Solution : In parallelogram PQRS, diagonals bisects each other.

1 1
PO = OR = PR = ×8 = 4 cm
2 2
1 1
SO = OQ = QS = ×6 = 3 cm
2 2
PO . OA = SO . OQ (Theorem – 5)
4OA = 3 × 3
9
OA = = 2.25 cm
4
AR = OR – OA = 4 – 2.25 = 1.75 cm
RS = PQ = 5 cm
RS . BR = RP . AR (cor 6.1)
5BR = 8 × 1.75 = 14
14
BR = = 2.8 cm
5
10
Q-2 In circle O, ST is tangent to the circle at T. If AS = AT = 12cm and
BT = 16cm, find the radius of the circle and the length of ST.
O.
16
A 12
12
S
T
Given : AS = AT = 12cm, BT = 16cm
To find : radius and ST
Solution : ATB = 90° (AB is a diameter)

2 2 2
 AB = AT + BT
2 2
= (12) + (16)
= 144 + 256
2
AB = 400
 AB = 20
20
 radius = = 10 cm
2
2
ST = SA . SB (Theorem – 6)
= 12 × 32
2
ST = 384
 ST = 384 = 8 6 cm
11
Theorem (7) (Converse of Corollary 1.1)
If a straight line joining two points subtends equal angles at two
other points on the same side of it, the four points are concyclic.
D C
 
If  =  , then A, B, C, D are concyclic.
A B
The circle described on the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle
as diameter passes through the opposite vertex.
C
If C = 90°, then  describing AB as a
diameter passes through C.
A O B

If a pair of opposite angles of a quadrilateral are supplementary
its vertices are concyclic.
D C

If  +  = 180°, then A, B, C, D are
 concyclic.
A B
Theorem (10) (Converse of Theorem – 5 and Corollary 6.1)
If two line segments, AB and CD intersect at a point P internally
or externally, such that AP. PB = CP. PD, the four points A, B, C, D are
concyclic.
A A D
B P
P C C B
D
12
Q–1 In the figure, AB is a diameter and CD is the tangent at B.
Prove that AC . AG = AD . AH.
A

G 
H

C B D
Given : AB is a diameter. CD is the tangent at B.
Prove : AC . AG = AD . AH
Proof : Draw BG and GH.

 =  (cor 1.1)
ABD = 90° (AB is a diameter and CBD is tangent)
 +  = 90°
 +  = 90° –––––– (1)
AGB = 90° (cor 1.2)
CGB = 90° –––––– (2)
( 1 ) + ( 2 ), CGB +  +  = 180°
CGH +  = 180°
 G, C, D, H are concyclic.
 AC . AG = AD . AH
13
Q–2 Two incongruent circles P and Q intersect at A and D, a line
BDC is drawn to cut the circle P at B and circle Q at C, and such
that BAC = 90° . Prove that APDQ is cyclic.
A
Solution
P Q
C
B D
Given : Two incongruent circles P and Q intersect at A and D,

BAC = 90°
To Prove : APDQ is cyclic.
Proof : In ABC
BAC + B + C = 180°
90° + B + C = 180°
 B + C = 90°
P = 2B , Q = 2C (Theorem – 1)

P + Q = 2B + 2C
= 2(B + C)
= 2(90°) = 180°
APDQ is cyclic.
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ AP ႏွင့္ AB , AQ ႏွင့္ AC ကို တစ္ထပ္တည္းမက်ေအာင္ဆြဲပါ။
14
Q–3 Two circles intersect at A and B.A point P is taken on one so
that PA and PB cut the other at Q and R respectively. The tangents at
Q and R meet the tangent at P in S and T respectively. Prove that
TPR = BRQ and PBQS is cyclic.
S Q
Solution
A
P

γ
B
R
T
Given : Two circles intersect at A and B.

PA and PB cut the other at Q and R. Tangent at Q and R
meet the tangent at P in S and T.
To prove : TPR = BRQ
PBQS is cyclic
Proof : Draw AB
 = PAB (Th – 4)
γ = PAB ( ABRQ is cyclic)
 = γ
 TPR = BRQ
SQB = γ (Thm 4)
SQB = 
 + SPB = 180° (SPT is a straight line)
SQB + SPB = 180°
 PBQS is cyclic.
15
Q–4 ABC is a triangle in which AB = AC. P is a point inside the
triangle such that PAB = PBC. Q is the point on BP produced
such that AQ = AP. Prove that ABCQ is cyclic.
Solution A
•
Q
P
B •
C
Given : In ABC, AB = AC
PAB = PBC , AQ = AP.
To prove : ABCQ is cyclic.
Proof : C = ABC (given)
= PBA + PBC
= PBA + PAB
= APQ (exterior  of ABP)
= Q
 ABCQ is cyclic.
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ႀတိဂံတြင္ အနားႏွစ္နားညီ၍ မ်က္ႏွာခ်င္းဆိုင္ေထာင့္မ်ားညီသ ည္။ ႀတိဂံ၏

အျပင္ေထာင့္သည္ အတြင္းမ်က္ႏွာခ်င္းဆိုင္ေထာင့္ ႏွစ္ခုေပါင္းျခင္းႏွင့္
ညီသည္။
16
7. Evaluation
Q–1 PT is a tangent and PQR is a secant to a circle. A circle with T
as centre and radius TQ meets QR again at S.
Prove that RTS = RPT.
Q–2 M is the midpoint of a chord AB of a given circle, C is any point

on the major arc AB and CM meets the circle at D. The circle
tangent to AB at A and passes through C cuts CD at E. Prove
that DM = ME.
Q–3 In ABC, AB = AC. P is any point on BC and Y any point on

AP. The circles BPY and CPY cut AB and AC respectively at X
and Z. Prove that XZ // BC.
Q–4 Prove that the quadrilateral formed by producing the bisectors of

the interior angles of any quadrilateral is cyclic.
8. Exercises Exercise (8.1) (8.2) (8.3)
ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာပုစၧာမ်ားသည္ သင္ျပနည္းႏွင့္ မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္

အခ်က္ အလက္မ်ားကိုသာ ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
17
Grade (10)
Chapter – 9
Areas of Similar Triangles
1. Topic - Chapter – 9 Areas of Similar Triangles
- 9.1 Areas of Similar Triangles
2. Objectives - At the end of this lesson, the student will be

able to:
(1) Choose the diagram of similar triangles.
(2) Compare the areas of similar triangles.
(3) Solve the problem by using the areas of
similar triangles.
Materials - Blackboard and chalk, a chat showing the
areas of two similar triangles
Activity
Two triangles whose corresponding angles are equal and whose
corresponding sides are proportional are said to be similar.
A If A = D, B = E, C = F
× AB BC CA
D And   ,
DE EF FD
×
Then ABC ~ DEF.
B C E F
1
The AAA Similar Triangels
A
× D In ABC and DEF
× If A = D, B = E, C = F,
B C E F
The AA Corollary
A
D In ABC and DEF
If B = E, C = F,
B C E F
The SAS Similarity Theorem

A
AB AC
If A = D, and  ,
DE DF
B C E F
The SSS Similarity Theorem

A
AB BC CA
If   ,
DE EF FD
B C E F
2
Y X
Corollary
A
A A
X Y
B C
B C X Y B C
If XY // BC, then AXY ~ ABC.
1 ~ 2
(1 ) s12 h12 m12  12 p12

     
(  2 ) s 22 h 22 m 22  22 p 22
where, s = corresponding sides

h = corresponding altitudes
m = corresponding medians
l = corresponding angle bisectors
p = perimeters
3
Statement I
D C S R
A E B P T Q
In parallelogram ABCD and PQRS

( ABCD) DE
( i ) If bases AB = PQ, then 
( PQRS) ST
 ( ABCD ) AB
( ii ) If altitude DE = ST, then 
 ( PQRS) PQ
Statement II
A D
B M C E N F
In ABC and DEF

 (ABC) AM
( i ) If bases BC = EF, then 
 (DEF) DN
 (ABC) BC
( ii ) If altitude AM = DN, then 
 (DEF) EF
4
Q–1 In ABC , D is a point of AC such that AD = 3CD. E is on BC
such that DE // AB. Compare the areas of CDE and (ABC). If
(ABED) = 30, what is (ABC)?
Solution A
Given : In ABC, AD = 3CD

DE // AB , (ABED) = 30 D
 (CDE )
To find : ?
 (ABC)
(ABC) = ? B E C
Solution : CDE ~ CAB ( DE // AB)

( CDE) CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 1
   
( ABC) CA 2 ( 4CD) 2 16CD 2 16
(CDE) 1
 
(ABC) 16 (တစ္နည္း)
 ( ABC)   (CDE ) 16  1 (CDE) = (ABC)

 ( ABC) 16
(ABED) = (ABC)
(ABDE) 15
 (ABC) = (ABED)
( ABC) 16
16
(ABC)   ( ABED) = × 30
15
16
=  30  32 = 32
15
 ( ABC)  32
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ မ်ဥ္းႏွစ္ေၾကာင္းၿပိဳင္ေသာေၾကာင့္ ႀတိဂံႏွစ္ခု သဏၭာန္တူပါသည္။
5
Q–2 XYZ is bisected by a line PQ drawn parallel to its base YZ. In
what ratio does PQ divide the sides of the triangle?
Solution
X
Given : In XYZ , PQ // YZ,
1
(XPQ) = ( XYZ) P Q
2
XP XQ
To find : ? , ?
PY QZ Y Z
Solution : XPQ ~ XYZ ( PQ // YZ)
(XPQ) XP 2

(XYZ) XY 2
1 XP 2

2 XY 2
2
 XP  1
   (တစ္နည္း)
 XY  2
XP 1 2XP  XY
 
XY 2 2XP  XP  PY
XP 1
 ( 2  1)XP  PY
XY  XP 2 1
XP 1 XP 1
 
PY 2 1 PY 2 1
Since PQ // YZ ,
XQ XP 1
 
QZ PY 2 1
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ အေျခမ်ဥ္း YZ ႏွင့္အၿပိဳင္ဆြဲေသာမ်ဥ္း PQ သည္ ႀတိဂံ XYZ ကို

1
ထက္၀က္ပိုင္းေသာေၾကာင့္ (XPQ) = ( XYZ) ျဖစ္သည္။
2
6
Q–3 In the figure AQP = B, AQ = 3, QC = 1 and PB = 4, find the
( APQ) 1
length of AP and prove that  .
(BCQP) 3
Solution A
Given : In the figure AQP = B,
3
AQ = 3, QC = 1 and PB = 4. P
 ( APQ) 1 4 Q
To find and Prove : AP = ? ,  .
 (BCQP ) 3 1
Proof : In APQ and ACB B C
A = A (common angle)
AQP = B (given)
APQ ~ ACB (AA cor.)
AP AQ
 
AC AB
AP 3

4 AP  4
2
AP + 4AP = 12
2
AP + 4AP – 12 = 0
(AP + 6) (AP – 2) = 0
AP = –6 (or) AP = 2
AP = –6 is impossible
AP = 2
Since APQ ~ ACB,
(APQ) AP 2 22 1
  
(ACB) AC2 42 4
 (APQ ) 1

 ( ACB)   ( APQ ) 4  1
 ( APQ) 1

 (BCQP ) 3
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ (1)  ႏွစ္ခသဏၭာန္တူလွ်င္ လိုက္ဖက္အနားမ်ား အခ်ိဳးတူသည္။
(2) AP သည္ အလ်ားတန္ဖိုးျဖစ္ေသာေၾကာင့္ အႏုတ္ကိုပယ္သည္။
7
Q–4 ABC is a triangle inscribe in a circle. The tangent at C cuts the side
2 2
AB produced in P. Prove that PA : PB = CA : CB .
Solution
C
Given : Inscribe triangle ABC

PC is tangent at C.
P
2 2 
To prove : PA : PB = CA : CB . D B
A
Proof : In CPB and CPA

P = P ( common angle)
 =  (angle between chord & tangent)
CPB ~ CPA (AA cor)
( CPA ) CA 2
 ––––– (1)
( CPB) CB2
But CPA and CPB have same altitude CD.
 (CPA ) PA
  ––––– (2)
 (CPB) PB
From ( 1 ) and ( 2 )
PA CA 2
 
PB CB 2
2 2
PA : PB = CA : CB .
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ ႀတိဂံႏွစ္ခု သဏၭာန္တူေၾကာင္းျပၿပီးမွ ဧရိယာမ်ားအခ်ိဳးေကာက္ရမည္။

အျမင့္တူႀတိဂံႏွစ္ခု၏ဧရိယာအခ်ိဳးသည္ လိုက္ဖက္အေျခမ်ဥ္းမ်ား၏
အခ်ိဳးႏွင့္ ညီသည္။
8
Q–5 In ABC, BAC = 90° and ABC = 30°. D and E are points on
opposite side of AC, with E on the same side of AC as B such that
both ACD and BCE are equilateral.
E
Prove that (BCE) = 4(ACD).
C
Solution
Given : In ABC, BAC = 90° D
ABC = 30° 30°
ACD and BCE are equilateral. A B
To prove : (BCE) = 4(ACD).

Proof : Since ABC is 30°– 60° right triangle,
BC = 2AC
Since ACD and BCE are equilateral,
BCE ~ ACD
( BCE) BC 2

(ACD) AC2
(2AC) 2 4AC 2
= 
AC 2 AC 2
(BCE)
4
(ACD)
(BCE) = 4(ACD)
မွတ္ခ်က္ ။ ။ 30°–60° ေထာင့္မွန္ႀတိဂံတစ္ခုတြင္ 30° ေထာင့္ႏွင့္ မ်က္ႏွာ ခ်င္း

ဆိုင္ေသာအနား၏ အလ်ားသည္ ေထာင့္မွန္ခံအနား၏ အလ်ားတစ္၀က္
ျဖစ္သည္။
9
Q–6 ABC is a triangle such that BC : CA : AB = 3 : 4 : 5. If BPC, CQA,
ARB are equilateral triangles,
prove that (BPC) + (CQA) = (ARB).
R
Solution B
A C
Given : BC : CA : AB = 3 : 4 : 5
BPC, CQA, ARB are equilateral triangles.
To prove : (BPC) + (CQA) = (ARB)
Proof : Let BC = 3K, CA = 4K , AB = 5K
Since BPC, CQA and ARB are equilateral,
BPC ~ CQA ~ ARB
( BPC) BC2 (3K ) 2 9K 2 9
    
(ARB) AB2 (5K ) 2 25K 2 25
(CQA ) CA 2 (4K ) 2 16K 2 16

   
( ARB) AB2 (5K ) 2 25K 2 25
 ( BPC)  ( CQA ) 9 16 9  16
   
 (ARB)  (ARB) 25 25 25
( BPC)  ( CQA )
1
( ARB)
(BPC) + (CQA) = (ARB)
10
7. Evaluation
Q–1 In ABC, AD and BE are the altitudes.
3
If (DEC) = (ABC), prove that ACB = 30° .
4
Q–2 A, B, C, D are four points in order on a circle O, so that AB is a

diameter : AD produced and BC produced meet at E.
If (ECD) = (ABCD). Prove that DC = 2 AO .
8. Exercises Exercise (9.1)
ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာပုစာၦမ်ားသည္ သင္ျပနည္းႏွင့္ မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္

အခ်က္ အလက္မ်ားကိုသာ ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
11
Grade (10)
Chapter – 10
Introduction to Vectors and Transformation Geometry
1. Topic - Chapter –10
Introduction to Vectors and
Transformation Geometry
- 10.1 Geometric Vectors
- 10.2 Applications to Elementary Geometry
- 10.3 Position Vectors
- 10.4 Two-Dimensional Vectors
- 10.5 Transformation Geometry
- 10.6 Transformations which Preserve
Distances and Angles
2. Objectives - (a) To introduce vectors an their use to
geometry
(b) To introduce methods of Transformation
Geometry
Materials - Blackboard and chalk,
Activity
Geometric Vectors
1
Definition (1)
A line segment with specified direction.
B (terminal point)
→
a⃗ = AB⃗
A (initial point)
magnitude of a⃗= |a⃗| = AB⃗ =

Definition (2) Equal vectors
Two vectors are equal if they have the same magnitude and the same
direction. B
D
AB⃗ and CD⃗ are parallel AB⃗ = CD⃗

A
C
Definition (3) Zero vector (0⃗)
A vector which has magnitude zero.
Definition (4) Negative vector

A vector having the same magnitude of a⃗ but a direction opposite to
that of a⃗.
B
B
a⃗
AB⃗= −BA⃗
–a⃗
A
A
2
Definition (5) Addition
The Triangle Rule (အၿမီးဆက္၊ ေခါင္းဆက္)
 
C
ab
 AB⃗ + BC⃗ = AC⃗
b
A  B
a
The Parallelogram Rule (အၿမီးႏွစ္ခုဆက္)
C D
  
ab AB⃗ + AC⃗ = AD⃗
b
A  B
a
The Polygon Rule
An–1 A4
An A3
A1 A2
(1) A A ⃗ + A A ⃗ + A A ⃗ + ⋯ + A A⃗ = A A⃗
3
(2) A A ⃗ + A A ⃗ + A A ⃗ + ⋯ + A A ⃗ = 0⃗ (အစေနရာတြင္အဆံုးသတ္)
Definition (6) Difference of two vectors
C a⃗ − b⃗= a⃗ + (−b⃗)
a⃗ − = AB⃗ + (−AC⃗)
b⃗ b⃗ = AB⃗ + (CA⃗)
A B = CA⃗ + AB⃗
a⃗
= CB⃗
Q–1 ABCDEF is a regular hexagon. If AB⃗ = b⃗, AF⃗ = a⃗, find BC⃗, CD⃗,
DE⃗ and EF⃗ in terms of a⃗ and b⃗.
E D
G
F C
a⃗
A B
b⃗
Let G be the common point of intersection of the diagonals.
AB⃗ = b⃗, AF⃗ = a⃗
BC⃗ = AG⃗ = a⃗ + b⃗
CD⃗ = AF⃗ = a⃗
DE⃗ = BA⃗ = – AB⃗ = – b⃗
EF⃗ = CB⃗ = – BC⃗ = – ( a⃗ + b⃗ )
4
= – a⃗ – b⃗
Q–2 In the figure OB⃗ = b⃗ and OC⃗ = c⃗. Make the points E and F such
that OE⃗ = b⃗, OF⃗ = – 2 c⃗. Find the vectors EC⃗ and BF⃗ in terms of b⃗
and c⃗.
B
b⃗
O C
c⃗
Solution B
F C
–2 c⃗ O c⃗
OB⃗ = b⃗ , OC⃗ = c⃗
OE⃗ = b⃗ , OF⃗ = – 2 c⃗
EC⃗ = OC⃗ – OE⃗

= c⃗ – b⃗
BF⃗ = OF⃗ – OB⃗

= –2 c⃗ – b⃗
5
Q–3 In ABC, BP⃗ = PC⃗ and 3CQ⃗ = CA⃗ .
Prove that 2BC⃗ + CA⃗ = 6PQ⃗ + AB⃗ .
A
B C
P
Given : BP⃗ = PC⃗ , 3CQ⃗ = CA⃗

To prove : 2BC⃗ + CA⃗ = 6PQ⃗ + AB⃗
Proof : By  Rule, PC⃗ + CQ⃗ = PQ⃗
BC⃗ + CA⃗ = PQ⃗
3 BC⃗ + 2 CA⃗ = 6 PQ⃗
2 BC⃗ + CA⃗ + BC⃗ + CA⃗ = 6 PQ⃗
2 BC⃗ + CA⃗ + BA⃗ = 6 PQ⃗
Definition (7) Parallel Vectors
a⃗
b⃗ a⃗ = k b⃗ (k = scalar)
If and only if a⃗ // b⃗.
C C
B
•
B
A A
6
A, B and C are collinear if and only if AB⃗ = k AC⃗ , where k is a non-zero
scalar.
Q–4 OPRQ is a parallelogram and OP is produced to S such that
OS⃗ = 3OP⃗ . If X is a point on PR such that PX⃗ = 2XR⃗ ,
show that the points Q, X and S are collinear.
P X R
a⃗
O Q
b⃗
Let OP⃗ = a⃗ , OQ⃗ = b⃗
OS⃗ = 3OP⃗ = 3 a⃗
PS⃗ = OS⃗ – OP⃗ = 3 a⃗ – a⃗ = 2 a⃗
PR⃗ = b⃗ , PX⃗ = 2XR⃗
PX⃗ = b⃗
XR⃗ = b⃗
SX⃗ = SP⃗ + PX⃗
= –2 a⃗ + b⃗
= 2(– a⃗ + b⃗)
= 2(PO⃗ + XR⃗)
= 2(XR⃗ + RQ⃗) (PO⃗ = RQ⃗)
SX⃗ = 2XQ⃗
7
Q , X and S are collinear.
Theorem (1)
Let a⃗ and b⃗ be nonzero and nonparallel vectors.
If h a⃗ = k b⃗ then h = k = 0.
Corollary (1.1)
Let a⃗ and b⃗ be nonzero and nonparallel vectors.
If h a⃗ + k b⃗ = m a⃗ + n b⃗ , then h = m and k = n.
Q–5 It is given that u⃗=5 a⃗+4 b⃗, v⃗=3 a⃗– b⃗ and

w⃗=(2h–k) a⃗+(h+k+3) b⃗, where a⃗ and b⃗ are not parallel.
If w⃗= 2 u⃗– 3 v⃗, calculate the value of h and of k.
( a⃗ 0⃗, b⃗ 0⃗ ).
Soluton:
u⃗=5 a⃗+4 b⃗, v⃗=3 a⃗– b⃗ , w⃗=(2h–k) a⃗+(h+k+3) b⃗
w⃗ = 2 u⃗ – 3 v⃗
= 2(5 a⃗ + 4 b⃗) – 3(3 a⃗ – b⃗)
= 10 a⃗ + 8 b⃗ – 9 a⃗ + 3 b⃗
= a⃗ + 11 b⃗
(2h–k) a⃗+(h+k+3) b⃗ = a⃗ + 11 b⃗
2h – k = 1 –––––– (1)
h + k + 3 = 11
h + k = 8 –––––– (2)
2h – k = 1
h+k = 8
8
3h = 9
h = 3
k = 5
Q–6 Prove by a vector method, that if the diagonals of a quadrilateral
bisect one another, then the quadrilateral is a parallelogram.
Solution
D C
O
A B
AO⃗ = OC⃗ , DO⃗ = OB⃗

AB⃗ = AO⃗+OB⃗
= OC⃗+DO⃗
= DO⃗ + OC⃗
AB⃗ = DC⃗
 AB = DC and AB // DC.
 ABCD is a parallelogram.
Q–7 ABCD is a parallelogram P and Q are the midpoints of AB⃗ and

AD⃗ respectively, Show that AP⃗+AQ⃗= AC⃗.
Solution
D C
AP⃗= AB⃗ , AQ⃗= AD⃗
Q•
AP⃗+AQ⃗ = AB⃗+ AD⃗
A • B
= (AB⃗+AD⃗) P
9
= (AB⃗+BC⃗) (BC⃗ = AD⃗)
= AC⃗
Q–8 Let PQRS be a quadrilateral with A, B, C, D the midpoints of

the respective sides. Prove, by a vector method that ABCD is a
parallelogram.
Solution S C R
D B
P A Q
Given : Quadrilateral PQRS with A, B, C, D the midpoints of the

respective sides.
Prove : ABCD is a parallelogram.
Proof : PQ⃗+QR⃗+RS⃗+SP⃗ = 0⃗
2AQ⃗+2QB⃗+2CS⃗+2SD⃗ = 0⃗
2(AQ⃗+QB⃗)+2(CS⃗+SD⃗) = 0⃗
AB⃗ + CD⃗ = 0⃗
AB⃗ = –CD⃗
AB⃗ = DC⃗
 AB = DC and AB // DC.
Hence A B C D is a parallelogram.
10
Position Vectors
Y B
A
OA⃗ + AB⃗ = OB⃗
AB⃗ = OB⃗ – OA⃗ X
O
Q–9 The position vectors of three points P, Q and R, relative to an

origin O, are 9 a⃗– 4 b⃗ , – 3 a⃗– b⃗ and 5 a⃗– 3 b⃗ respectively.
Express PQ⃗ and QR⃗ in terms of a⃗ and b⃗. Are P, Q and R collinear?
Solution
OP⃗ = 9 a⃗– 4 b⃗ , OQ⃗ = – 3 a⃗– b⃗ , OR⃗ = 5 a⃗– 3 b⃗
PQ⃗ = OQ⃗ – OP⃗
= –3 a⃗ – b⃗ – 9 a⃗ + 4 b⃗
= –12 a⃗ + 3 b⃗
= –3 (4 a⃗– b⃗)
QR⃗ = OR⃗ – OQ⃗
= 5 a⃗ – 3 b⃗ + 3 a⃗ + b⃗
= 8 a⃗ – 2 b⃗
= 2(4 a⃗ – b⃗)
PQ⃗ = – 3(4 a⃗ – b⃗)
= – 3× QR⃗
PQ⃗ = – QR⃗
 P, Q and R are collinear.

11
Q – 10 The position vectors of A, B and C are 2 p⃗ – q⃗, k p⃗ + q⃗ and
12 p⃗ + 4 q⃗ respectively. Calculate the value of k if A, B and C
are collinear.
Solution
OA⃗ = 2 p⃗ – q⃗, OB⃗ = k p⃗ + q⃗ , OC⃗ = 12 p⃗ + 4 q⃗

Since A, B and C are collinear,
AC⃗ = hBC⃗ (h = scalar)
OC⃗ – OA⃗ = h(OC⃗ – OB⃗)
12 p⃗ + 4 q⃗ – 2 p⃗ + q⃗ = h(12 p⃗ + 4 q⃗ – k p⃗ – q⃗)
10 p⃗ + 5 q⃗ = (12h – hk) p⃗ + 3h q⃗
Since p⃗ , q⃗  0 and p⃗ // q⃗,

3h = 5 , 12h – hk = 10
5 5  5
h = , 12     k = 10
3  3  3
5
k = 10
3
k = 6
A
Theorem (2) (The Section Formula)
P
If APB is a line segment, with AP : PB = m : n, a⃗
p⃗
B
12 O
then p⃗ = (m b⃗ + n a⃗ ).
b⃗
A
Corollary (2.1) (The Midpoint Formula)
R
If R is the midpoint of AB,
B
Then OR⃗ = (OA⃗ + OB⃗) O
Q – 11 If OA⃗ = a⃗ , OB⃗ = b⃗ , find the position vector of R in terms of

a⃗ and b⃗ if R divides AB in the ratio ( i ) 1 : 2 ( ii ) –5 : 2.
Solution
Let r⃗ be the position vector R relative to O.
(i) r⃗ = (1 b⃗ + 2 a⃗ ) = a⃗ + b⃗
( ii ) r⃗ = (– 5 b⃗ + 2 a⃗ ) = – a⃗ + b⃗
–
Q – 12 A, B are points with position vector a⃗ , b⃗ respectively. P is a

point on AB such that AP : AB = 2 : 3. Find the position vector of p.
Solution
OA⃗ = a⃗ , OB⃗ = b⃗
A
AP : AB = 2:3 a⃗
AP : PB = 2:1
O
OP⃗ = (2 b⃗ + a⃗ ) P
= (2 b⃗ + a⃗ ) b⃗ B
13
= a⃗ + b⃗
Q – 13 If G is the centroid of a triangle PQR,

Show that PQ⃗ + PR⃗ = 3PG⃗.
Solution P
H F
G
Q R
E
Given : In PQR, PE in a median and G is the centroid.

To prove : PQ⃗ + PR⃗ = 3PG⃗
Proof : E is the midpoint of QR.
 By the midpoint formula,
PE⃗ = (PQ⃗ + PR⃗)
 PQ⃗ + PR⃗ = 2PE⃗ ––––––(1)

By the property of a centroid,
PG : GE = 2:1
 PG : PE = 2:3
PG = PE
PG⃗ = PE⃗
3PG⃗ = 2PE⃗ ––––––(2)
14
From Equation (1) and (2)
PQ⃗ + PR⃗ = 3PG⃗
Two – Dimensional Vectors

Y
y A(x, y)
a⃗
O x X
x
If A(x, y) , then OA⃗ = a⃗ =  
 y
Definition (8)
A unit vector is a vector whose magnitude is 1.
Y
A(x, y)
a⃗
yj
O X
xi
| OA⃗ | = | a⃗| = x2  y2
⃗
The unit vector in the direction of a⃗ = a =
| ⃗|
⃗
The unit vector parallel to a⃗ =  a = 
| ⃗|
1  0
If i =   and j =   , then a⃗ = xi + yj.
0 1
15
 x 
 2 2

1 x  x  y  x y
a=     i + j
2 2  y  y  2 2 2 2
x y    x y x y
 x 2  y 2 
 
Q – 14 If P = (3, 4), R = (8, 2) and O is the origin and OT⃗= OP⃗ + OR⃗,
find the coordinates of the point T.
Solution
Let T = (x, y)
OT⃗ = OP⃗ + OR⃗
x 3 1 8
  =     
  y  4 2  2
x  3  4
  =     
 y  4 1
x 7
  =  
 y 5
 x = 7 and y = 5
 T = (7, 5)
Q – 15 The coordinates of P, Q and R are (1, 2), (7, 3) and (4, 7)

respectively. Find the coordinates of S if PQSR is a parallelogram.
Solution
1 7  4
OP⃗ =   , OQ⃗ =   , OR⃗ =  
 2  3 7
Since PQSR is a parallelogram, R S
PQ⃗ = RS⃗
OQ⃗ – OP⃗ = OS⃗ – OR⃗
OS⃗ = OR⃗ + OQ⃗ – OP⃗
4 7 1
=         P Q
7 3 2
16
10 
OS⃗ =  
8
 The coordinates of S are (10, 8).
Q – 16 The vector OP⃗ has a magnitude of 39 units and has the same
5
direction as   . The vector OQ⃗ has a magnitude of 25 units
12 
 3
and has the same direction as   . Express OP⃗ and OQ⃗ as
 4
column vectors and find the unit vector in the direction of PQ⃗.
Solution
5
Let a⃗ =  
12 
| a⃗| = 52  122  169  13
1 15
a = ⃗ a⃗ =  
| | 13 12 
1  5   15 
OP⃗ = 39 a = 39 ×   =  
13 12   36 
 3
Let b⃗ =  
 4
| b⃗| = 32  4 2  9  16  25  5
1 1  3
b = ⃗ b⃗ =  
| | 5  4
1  3   15 
OQ⃗ = 25 b = 25 ×   =  
5  4   20 
 15   15   0 
=        
20
    36  16 
| PQ⃗ | = 0  (16) 2  16
17
The unit vector in the direction of
1 1 0  0
PQ⃗ = PQ⃗ =   
| ⃗|
16   16    1
 2
Q – 17 The three points O, P and Q are such that OP⃗ =   and
 3
q
OQ⃗ =  . Given that PQ⃗ is a unit vector, calculate the possible
 2q 
values of q.
Solution
 2 q
OP⃗ =   , OQ⃗ =  
 3  2q 
 q   2
=   –  
 2q   3 
 q2 
=  
 2q  3 
| PQ⃗ | = (q  2) 2  (2q  3) 2
= q 2  4q  4  4q 2  12q  9
= 5q 2  16q  13
| PQ⃗ | = 1 (PQ⃗ is a unit vector)
5q 2  16q  13 = 1
2
5q –16q+13 = 1
2
5q –16q+12 = 0
(5q–6)(q–2) = 0
18
6
q= (or) q = 2
5
Q – 18 Given that p⃗ = 3i + 15j and q⃗ = i – 6j, find the unit vector

which has the opposite direction as 2 p⃗ + q⃗.
Solution
p⃗ = 3i + 15j , q⃗ = i – 6j,
2 p⃗ + q⃗ = 2(3i + 15j) + i – 6j
= 6i + 30j + i – 6j
= 7i + 24j
|2 p⃗ + q⃗| = (7) 2  ( 24) 2  49  576  625  25

The unit vector in the opposite direction of
1
2 p⃗ + q⃗ = – ⃗ ⃗|
(2 p⃗ + q⃗)
|
1
= – (7i + 24j)
7 24
= – i– j
Transformation Geometry
Let p(x , y) be a mapped point of p(x, y) by the transformation
matrix A.
 x  x
Then    A  .
 y   y
(1) The Reflection Matrix
 1 0
In the line OY, F =  
 0 1 
1 0 
In the line OX, S =  
 0 1 
19
0 1
In the line y = x is  
 1 0 
(2) The Rotation Matrix

 cos   sin  
R =   (anticlockwise)
 sin  cos  
 cos  sin  
R =   (clockwise)
  sin  cos  
(3) The Translation Matrix
1 0 h
 
L =  0 1 k  where h = horizontal distance
0 0 1 k = vertical distance
 
Q – 19 Find the map of the point P(3, 2) when it is reflected

(i) in the X-axis (ii) in the Y-axis (iii) in the line y = x.
Solution
(i) Let A(x1, y1) be the map of P(3, 2) in the X-axis.
1 0 
The reflection matrix in the X-axis is   .
 0 1
 x1   1 0  3   3 
        
y
 1  0  1  2    2 
 A = (3, –2)
(ii) Let B(x2, y2) be the map of P(3, 2) in the Y-axis.
 1 0
The reflection matrix in the Y-axis is   .
 0 1 
 x 2    1 0  3    3 
        
y
 2  0 1  2   2 
 B = (–3, 2)
(iii) Let C(x3, y3) be the map of P(3, 2) in the line y = x.
20
0 1
The reflection matrix in the line y = x is   .
 1 0 
 x 3   0 1  3   2 
          C = (2, 3)
y
 3  1 0 2
    3
Q – 20 Find the matrix which will reflect in the line OY followed by a
rotation through 60°. What is the map of the point (–1, 0)?
Solution
 1 0
F =  
 0 1 
 1 3
  
 cos 60  sin 60   2 2 
R =   
 sin 60  cos 60   3 1 
 
 2 2 
 1 3  1 3
   1 0    
2 2   2 2
T = RF =    
 3 1  0 1   3 1 
   
 2 2   2 2 
x   1
Let   =  
 y 0
 x  x
  = T  
 y   y
 1 3  1 
    1
 2 2     2 
=   =  
 3 1  0   3 
   
 2 2   2 
1 3
x   , y 
2 2
1 3
The mapped point is ( x, y)   , 
2 2 
21
Q – 21 Find the matrix which will translate through 3 units horizontally
and 1 unit vertically followed by a rotation through 45°, and find
the map of the point (1, 2).
Solution
1 0 h
 
L = 0 1 k  , h = 3, k = 1
0 0 1 

1 0 3
 
 L = 0 1 1
0 0 1 

 2 2 
  0
 cos 45  sin 45 0   2 2 
   2 2 
R =  sin 45 cos 45 0    0
 0 2 2
 0 1   0 0 1
 
 
 
The transformation matrix is
T = RL
 2 2 
  0
 2 2  1 0 3
 2 2  
=  2 0  0 1 1
2 
 0 0 1 0 0 1 
 
 
 
22
 2 2 
  2 
 2 2 
 2 2 
=  2 2
2 2
 0 0 1 
 
 
 
Let the mapped point = ( x, y)

 2 2   2 
  2   

x   2 2  1  2 
   2 2    7 2
 y  =  2 2   2   
1  2 2
 1  2 
  0 0 1   1
   
   
   
2 7 2
 x  , y 
2 2
 2 7 2
The mapped point =  , 
 2 2 
7. Evaluation
The teacher discuss the following problem to the students.
Q–1 In PQR , PQ = QR. The line RQ is produced to S such

that RQ = QS. X and Y are points on PR and PQ such that
1
PX = XR and QY = QP . Use a vector method to prove that
3
YS = 2XY.
Q–2 Show that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other by
using vector method.
23
5
Q–3 The position vectors A and B relative to an origin O are  
15 
13 
and   respectively. Given that C lies on AB and has position
3
 2t  1
vector   , find the value of t and the ratio AC : CB.
 t 1 
 3  t  1
Q–4 Given that the vectors p⃗ =   and q⃗ =   , find the value
t  2 
of t for which p⃗ and q⃗ are parallel.
8. Exercise
Exercise (10.1) to (10.5)
ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာပုစၧာမ်ားသည္ သင္ျပနည္းႏွင့္ မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္
အခ်က္အလက္မ်ားကိုသာ ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။
24
1
Grade (10) Chapter - 11 Trigonometry

1. Topic -
Chapter - 11 Trigonometry
11.1 Trigonometric ratios for special angles
11.2 Trigonometric ratios for any angle
11.3 Negative angles
11.4 Basic Identities
11.5 The Basic Acute Angle
11.6 Special Angle of 0º, 90º, 180º, 270º, 360º
11.7 Further Trigonometrical Identities
11.8 Double Angle Formulae
11.9 Halt Angle Formulae
11.10 Factor Formulae
11.11 Equations of the Type a cos  + bsin  = c
11.12 Proving of Identities
11.13 The Law of Cosines and The Law of Sines
11.14 Bearings
11.15 Graphs of sin x, cos x and tan x
2. Objectives - At the end of this lesson, the student will be
able to broaden the students understanding
of trigonometry as a convenient tool in
solving practical problems.
3. Teaching Periods - (1 period/ 2 periods/ 3 periods etc……)
4. Teaching Method - Students' Participation method
2
5. Teaching Learning Materials - blackboard and chalk

6. Teaching learning Process
Activity
Trigonometric Ratios for Special Angles
0º 30º 45º 60º 90º 30º
45º 2
2 3
1 2 3 1
sin 0 1 45º
2 2 2 1
60º
1
3 2 1
cos 1 0
2 2 2
 sin  cos  tan  cot  sec  cosec 

 = 30º 1 3 3 2 3
6 3 2
2 2 3 3
 = 45º 2 2
4 1 1 2 2
2 2
 = 60º 3 1 3 2 3
3 3 2
2 2 3 3
Trigonometric Ratio of Any Angle

Y
cos  = x sec  = 1
B (0, 1) x
p (x, y)
cosec  = 1
1
y sin  = y

xM
y
O A (1,0) X
C (–1, 0)
tan  = y
cot  = x
D (0,–1) x y
3
If fallows that
From, x2 + y2 = 1
cos2  + sin2  = 1
1 + tan2  = sec2 
1 + cot2  = cosec2 
sec  = 1 , cos   O cosec  = 1 , sin  O

cos sin
1 , tan  sin 
cot  =  O tan  = , cos   O
tan cos 
It is clear that –1  x  1 and –1  y  1
i.e. –1  cos   1 and –1  sin   1.
Negatives Angles
Y Y cos (–  ) = x' = x = cos 
90º Sin (–  ) = y' = –y = – sin 
p(x, y) p(x, y)
1 tan (–  ) =
180º  X 0º

O – 0 360º A(1,0) sin () y'  y
X –     tan 
cos () x ' x
Q(x', y')
Q(x', y')
270º
Y Y Y
(S) II I (A)
180º –  90º –  90º +  360º +  Sin and Cosec (+) All (+)
X X X
270º –  360º –  180º +  270º +  (T) III IV (C)
Tan and Cot (+) Cos and Sec (+)
Fig - 1 Fig - 2 Fig - 3

4
Relations
sin (90º   ) = ?
cos (180º   ) =?
tan (270º   ) = ?
ဤေမးခြန္းမ်ားဆက္သြယ္ခ်က္မ်ားအတြက္ မွတ္သားရန္မွာ Y ၀င္ရိုး
ႏွင့္ unit Circle ျဖတ္ေသာ အမွတ္မ်ားရွိ ဒီဂရီတ န္ဖိုးမ်ား (ဥပမာ - 90º,
270º) ေတြ႕လွ်င္ Co ျဖဳတ္၊ Coတပ္ ျပဳလုပ္ေပးပါ။ X ၀င္ရိုးႏွင့္ Unit
Circle ျဖတ္ေသာအမွတ္မ်ားရွိ ဒီဂရီတန္ဖိုးမ်ား (ဥပမာ- 180º, 360º)
ေတြ႕လွ်င္ Co ျဖဳတ္၊ Co တပ္ မျပဳလုပ္ပဲ ဆက္သြယ္ခ်က္ေရးႏိုင္သည္။
လကၡဏာအတြက္စဥ္းစားလွ်င္ေရွ႕ကႀတီဂိုအခ်ဳိး၏ quadrant ၾကည့္ၿပီး
Fig -3 အရ ဆံုးျဖတ္ရပါမည္။
eg. sin (90º –  ) = cos  cot (180º +  ) = cot 

cos (90º +  ) = – sin  sec (270º –  ) = –cosec 
tan (180º –  ) = – tan  cosec (270º +  ) = – sec 
The Basic Acute Angle
The acute angle between the terminal side and the X – axis
is called the basic acute angle. The basic acute angle is a
positive acute angle.
Basic Acute Angle ၏ Trigo အခ်ဳိ႕မ်ားသည္ မူလေထာင့္၏ Trigo
အခ်ဳိး မ်ားႏွင့္ ကိန္းဂဏန္းတန္ဖိုးအားျဖင့္ တူညီသည္ျဖစ္၍ အေပါင္းအႏုတ္
လကၡဏာစဥ္းစားရန္သ ာ လိုအပ္ပါသည္။
5
Q -1 Using basic acute angle, find the six trigonometric ratios

2
for the obtuse angle (or) 120º
3
Y
P(120º)
1
y
60º
X
x O
The basic acute angle = 60º

1 3
cos 60º = , sin 60º =
2 2
p(120º) is in the second quadrant. x = – 1 , y  3

2 2
3 x 1 3
sin 120º = y = cot 120º = =– =
2 y 3 3
1 1
cos 120º = x = – sec 120º = =–2
2 x
y 1 2 2 3
tan 120º = =– 3 cosec 120º =  
x y 3 3
6
Special Angle of 0º, 90º, 180º, 270º, 360º

Y
(cos 90º, sin 90º)
p 2 (0,1)
(cos 180º, sin 180º) (cos 0º, sin 0º)

X
p 3 (–1,0) p1 (1,0)
p4 (0,–1)
0º 90º 180º 270º 360º

Sin 0 1 0 –1 0
Cos 1 0 –1 0 1
Q - 1 Solve the equation of 3 tan x sin x = 2 tan x.

Solution Y
3 tan x sin x = 2 tan x
3 tan x sin x –2 tan x = 0 B
P' P
tan x (3 sin x –2) = 0
A' A X
tan x = 0 (or) 3 sin x –2 = 0
2 41º 49'
tan x = 0 (or) sin x = 41º 49'
3
B'
If tan x = 0, then
x = 0º (or) x = 180º (or) x = 360º
2
If sin x = = 0.6667 = sin 41º 49', then
3
x = 41º 49' (or) x = 180º – 41º 49' = 138º 11'
x = 0º (or) 41º 49' (or) 138º 11' (or) 180º (or) 360º
7
2. Solve the equation 2 sin2x – cos x –1 = 0

for 0  x  360º. Y
Solution B
P
2
2 sin x – cos x –1 =0
A' A X
2 (1–cos2x) – cos x –1 =0 60º
60º
0
2
2 –2 cos x – cos x –1 =0
P'
–2 cos2x – cos x + 1 =0 B'
2 cos2x + cos x –1 =0
(2 cos x –1) (cos x + 1) = 0
1
cos x = (or) cos x = –1
2
If cos x = –1 , then x = 180º
1
If cos x =
2
x = 60º (or) 360º –60º
= 60º (or) 300º
 x = 60º (or) 180º (or) 300º
8
 
3. If      = 180º, prove that tan = cot (180º + )
2 2
Solution
     = 180º
   = 180º – 
 
= 90º –
2 2

R.H.S = cot (180º + )
2

= cot
2

= cot (90º – )
2

= tan = L. H. S
2
Further Trigonometrical Identities
Sum and difference of Two angles
Sin (    ) = Sin  cos   cos  sin 
cos (    ) = cos  cos   sin  sin 
tan   tan 
tan (    ) =
1 tan  tan 
Dauble Angle Formulae
Sin 2  = 2 sin  cos 
cos 2  = cos2  – sin2 
= 1 –2 sin2  ( sin2  + cos2  = 1)
= 2 cos2  –1
2 tan 
tan 2  =
1  tan 2 
9
Half Angle Formulae

 1  cos 
sin =
2 2
 1  cos 
cos =
2 2
 1  cos  sin  1  cos 
tan = = 
2 1  cos  1  cos  sin 
 2t
let t = tan then sin  =
2 1 t2
1 t2 2t
cos  = 2
, tan  =
1 t 1 t2
Factor formulae
 
sin  + sin  = 2 sin cos
2 2
 
sin  – sin  = 2 cos sin
2 2
 
cos  + cos  = 2 cos cos
2 2
 
cos  – cos  = –2 sin sin
2 2
Equations of the Type a cos  + b sin  = c.
a cos  + b sin  = R cos (  –  )
a cos  – b sin  = R cos (  +  )
a sin  + b cos  = R sin (  +  )
a sin  – b cos  = R sin (  –  )
R = a 2  b2
b
Where tan  = , a and b are positive and  is acute.
a
10
Q-1 Find the values of cos 15° and sin 75° without using table
Solution
cos 15° = cos (60° - 45°)
= cos 60° cos 45° + sin 60°sin 45°
= 1 2  3 2  2 6
2 2 2 2 4
sin 75° = sin (30° + 45°)
= sin 30° cos 45° + cos 30° sin 45°
= 1 2  3 2  2 6
2 2 2 2 4
2
Q - 2 Express 1 tan  and 1 tan 2  as a single trigonometric
1 tan  1 tan 
ratio.
Solution
1 tan  = tan 45 tan  = tan (45°+ )
1 tan  1 tan 45 tan 
sin 2 
1
1 tan 2  = cos 2 
1 tan 2  sin 2 
1
cos 2 
= cos2   sin 2  = 1 = sec 2

cos2   sin 2  cos 2
11
Q-3 Given that sin  =  4 , cos  =  12 and that  and  are

5 13
in the same quadrant, find each of the following without
the use of tables. (i) sin 2 (ii) cos 2(iii) cos 
2
(iv) tan 2 .
Solution
sin  =  4  p () lies in the III or IV quadrant.
5
cos =  12  p() lies in the II or III quadrant.
13
But they lie in the same quadrant,
P() and p () are in the III quadrant.
sin  =  4 , cos  =  12
5 13
cos  = – 1 sin 2  =  3 , sin  =  1 cos2  =  5 ,
5 13
tan  5
12
(i) sin 2 = 2 sin  cos 
= 2 ( 4 ) ( 3)  24
5 5 25
2
cos2  cos  – 1
2
= 2    1   7
 3
 5 25

since 90°< < 135º
2
 1 cos  1 26
(iii) cos    
2 2 26 26
 5
2 
2 tan   12  120
(iv)tan 2  =  2 
1  tan 2   5 119
1  
 12 
12
Q -4 If  , show that
sin  + sin  + sin  = 4 cos α cos β cos 

2 2 2
Solution

L. H.S = sin  + sin  + sin 
   
= 2 sin cos + 2 sin cos
2 2 2 2
         (  ) 
= 2 sin   cos    2cos sin  
 2   2  2  2
         
= 2sin    cos  2cos sin   
 2 2 2 2 2 2 
    
= 2 cos cos  2cos cos
2 2 2 2
        
= 2 cos  cos     cos    
2   2 2  2 2 
  
= 2 cos 2 cos cos
2 2 2
  
= 4 cos cos cos
2 2 2
= R.H.S
13
cos(  ) 7
Q- 5 Given that  , prove that
cos(  ) 5
cos  cos  = 6 sin  sin  and deduce a relationship
between tan  and tan  . Given further  +  = 45º,
calculate the value of tan  + tan  .
Solution
cos(  ) 7

cos(  ) 5
cos  cos   sin  sin  7

cos  cos   sin  sin  5
5cos  cos  + 5 sin  sin  = 7 cos  cos  –7 sin  sin 
12 sin  sin  = 2 cos  cos 
cos  cos  = 6 sin  sin 
sin  sin  1
 
cos  cos  6
tan  tan  = 1
6
 +  = 45º
tan (  +  ) = tan 45º
tan   tan  = 1
1  tan  tan 
tan   tan  = 1
1
1
6
tan   tan  = 1
5
6
 tan  + tan  = 5
6
14
cos   cos    

Q - 6 Prove the identity  tan   .
sin   sin   2 
Solution
 
cos   cos  2sin sin
L.H.S =  2 2
sin   sin  2sin    cos   
2 2

sin
= 2

cos
2

= tan = R.H.S
2
tan  tan 
Q-7 Show that   2 cosec .
sec   1 sec   1
Solution
tan  tan 
L.H.S = 
sec   1 sec   1
tan  sec   tan   tan  sec   tan 
=
(sec   1)(sec   1)
2 tan  sec  2 tan  sec 
= 
sec 2   1 tan 2 
1 cos 
= 2sec  cot   2
cos  sin 
1
= 2  2cos ec = R.H.S
sin 
15
1 cos 2
Q-8 Show that   tan 2
cos 2 1  sin 2
Solution
L.H.S
1 cos 2 1  sin 2  cos 2 2 sin 2  (1  cos 2 2)
  
cos 2 (1  sin 2) cos 2(1  sin 2) cos 2(1  sin 2)
sin 2  sin 2 2
=
cos 2(1  sin 2)
sin 2(1  sin 2)
= = tan 2
cos 2(1  sin 2)
     R.H.S
Q-9 Solve the equation 3 cossin  = 2 for values of 
between 0°and 360°.
Solution
3 cos  – 2 sin  = 2 , 0° <  < 360°
compare with a cos  + bsin  = c
a=3,b=–2,c=2
R= a 2  b 2  9  4  13
b 2
tan  = =    0.6667   tan 3342'
a 3
tan  = tan 146° 18'
'
c 2
cos ( – ) =   cos5619'
R 13
 –  = 56° 19'
 – 146 ° 18' = 56° 19'
' + 56° 19' = 202 ° 37'
16
The Law of consines

A a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc cos
 b2 = a2 + c2 – 2ac cos
 c b c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos 


 B 
a C

b2  c2  a 2 a 2  c2  b2 a 2  b2  c2
cos  = ,cos  = , cos  =
2bc 2ac 2ab
The law of sines
a b c sin  sin  sin 
  or)   
sin  sin  sin  a b c
အနားသုံးနားႏွင့္ ႏွစ္နားၾကားေထာင့္ေပးလွ်င္ law of cosines ကုိသုံးပါ။
က်န္တာ law of sines ကုိသုံးပါ။
Bearings
N
NW 
 
W 
 
SW SE
S
0 <  i < 90º

အရပ္မ်က္ႏွာ မပါလွ်င္ N ကုိ 0ºဟုထ ား၍ နာရီလ က္တံအတုိင္းလွည့္ပါ။
17
Ambiguous Case
Given a, b, 
  < 90º
Case I
(1) If a < b sin  , there is no solution
(2) It a = b sin  , there is one solution
(3) If b sin  < a < b , there is two solutions
(4) If a > b , there is one solution
Case II   90°
(a) If a  b , there is no solution
(b) If a > b, there is one solution
Q - 1 In triangle ABC, a  7 , b = 2 and c = 1.
Find the measure of the largest angle.
Solution
a= 7 , b = 2 ,c = 1
 is the largest angle. ( c  b  a)
a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc cos A
2
  7  (2) 2  (1) 2  2(2)(1)cos A
7 = 4+1 – 4 cosA
4 cos A = –2
1
cos A =  = – cos 60°
2
= cos (180°- 60°)
= cos 120°
A  120
18
Q- 2 Solve  ABC with a = 3 , b = 4 , c = 6.

Solution
a=3,b=4,c=6
By the law of Cosines
b2  c2  a 2
cos  = 
2bc
No log
(4) 2  (6) 2  (3) 2
    43 1.6335
246
16  36  9 43 48 1.6812
    
48 48 
cos 26° 23' 1 .9523
cos  = cos 26° 23'
   '
a 2  c2  b2
cos  = 
2ac No log
32  62  42 29 1.4624
   
2(3)(6) 1.5563
36
9  36  16
    
36 cos 36° 20' 1 .9061
29
   
36
cos  = cos 36° 20'
 = 36° 20'
 +  + 
  ° – () = 180° – (26°23' + 36°20')
= 180° – 62° 43'
= 117° 17'
19
Q-3 A ship is 5km from a boat in direction N 37°W and

lighthouse is 12 km from a boat in a direction S 53° W.
Calculate the distance and direction of the ship from the
lighthouse.
Solution B(ship)
In ABC ,
c= 5km
 BAC =  = 53º +37º = 90º
a=? N
c = 5km, b = 12 km 37°
In right ABC , N W 53° A (boat)E
37°
2 2 2  53°
a = b +c  b = 12km
E S
2 2
= (12) + (5) C (lighthouse)
= 144 + 25 = 169
a = 13 km
 The distance of a ship from a lighthouse = 13km
In right ABC ,
c 5
sin    
a 13 log
No
sin sin 23° 37' 5 0.6990
 = 22° 37' 13 1.1139
But  +  = 53°
sin 22° 37' 1 .5851
 = 53° – 22° 37'
= 30° 23'
 The direction of a ship from a lighthouse is N 30° 23' E.

20
Q - 4 Solve ABC with b = 18.1 , c = 12.3 and  = 115°.

Solution C
r a
By the law of Cosines, b = 18.1
 
a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc cos  A c  B
2 2
= (18.1) + (12.3) – 2 (18.1) (12.3) cos 115°
= 327.6 + 151. 3 – (18.1) (24.6) (– cos 65°)
= 478.9 + (18.1) (24.6) cos 65°
= 478.9 + 188.1
= 667
No log
a = 25.83
18.1 1.2577
By the law of Sinces,
24.6 1.3909
sin  sin  cos 65° 1 .6259
  
c a 188.1 2.2745
12.3sin115
sin  =
25.83
12.3sin 65
= 
25.83
No log
  sin 25° 34'
12.3 1.0899
γ = 25° 34'
sin 65° 1 .9573
 +  + = 180°
1.0472
 = 180° – (115° + 25°34') 25.83 1.4121
= 180° – 140° 34'
sin 25° 34' 1 .6351
= 39° 26'
21
7. Evaluation
cos(  ) 5
Q-1 Given that = , Show that 4 tan  = cot .
cos(  ) 3
1
Q-2 Solve the equation sin (2x - 30°) = , for values of x
2
between 0° and 360° inclusive.
4
Q-3 Given that sin  , where 90° <  < 180° and that
5
5
cos  =  , where 180° <  < 270°. Without using
13
table, find the value of sin (– ) .
Q-4 A man travels on a bearing of N 50° E for 5km, then on
a bearing of N 80° E for 3km. How for is it now from
its starting point? What is its bearing from the starting
point?
Q-5 In ABC , AB = x+1 , BC = x+3 and AC = x–1 where
7x
x>3. Prove that cos A  . Find also the values
2(1  x)
of x for which A is acute.
8. Exercise Exercise (11.1) (11.2) (11.3)

ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာ ပုစာၦမ်ားသည္ သင္ျပနည္းႏွင့္ မွားယြင္းတတ္သည့္
အခ်က္ အလက္မ်ားကုိသာ ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္းျဖစ္ပါသည္။

1
Grade (10) Chapter - 12 Calculus

1. Topic - Chapter - 12 Calculus
12.1 Limits
12.2 Derivatives
12.3 Some Particular Derived Functions
12.4 Chain Rule, Product Rule and Quotient
Rule
12.5 Differentiation of Implicit Functions
12.6 Differentiation of Trigonometric
Functions
1 2.7 Application of Differentiations
12.8 Distinguishing Maximum and Minimum
2
Points Using d y
dx 2
12.9 Curve Sketching
12.10 Approximations
12.11 Logarithmic Exponential Functions
2. Objectives - To make the students aware of the use of
abstract concept in solving practical problems
such as the use of derivative in curve sketching
and determing the maximum and minimum values
of a function.
3. Teaching Periods - (1 period/ 2 periods/ 3 periods etc……)
4. Teaching Method - Students' Participation method
5. Teaching Learning Materials - Blackboard and chalk
2
6. Teaching learning Process

Activity
Limits
Let y = f(x) be a given function.
when x approaches to a (x → a), we have f(x) approaches
to L. The limit of function f(x) is L as x tends to a is written by
lim f (x)  L i.e.f (x)  L as x  a 
xa
Note (1) 0 ,  ,  ,0. are called indeterminates.

0 
(2) lim sin x  1

x0 x
(3) lim 1  0
x x
(4) lim 1 does not exist.

x0 x
* 0 ျဖစ္လွ်င္ Factor ခြဲ (သို႕) rationalization ျပဳလုပ္ပါ။

0
*  ျဖစ္လွ်င္ ထပ္ကိန္းအႀကီးဆံုးနဲ႔ အေပၚေရာေအာက္ပါ စားပါ။


3
2x 2 18 3x 2x2
Q-1 Evaluate lim and lim .
x3 x 4  27x x x 2  1
Solution
2 2
lim 2x 18 = lim 2(x  9)
x3 x 4  27x x3 x(x3  27)
= lim 2(x  3)(x  3)

x3 x(x  3)(x 2  3x  9)
= lim 2(x  3)
x3 x(x 2  3x  9)
= 2(3  3)
3(32  3(3)  9)
= 12
3  27
= 4
27
မွတ္ခ်က္။ ။ညီမွ်ျခင္းမ်ားမပါလွ်င္အမွတ္လံုးဝမရေတာ့ပါ။
2 3 1  2
x x2
lim 3x  x  2 = lim
x x 2 1 x 1 1
x2
= 3 0  0  3  3
1 0 1
3 1  2
 2
မွတ္ရန္။ ။ ဟု မေရးရပါ။
1 1
2
4
Q-2 Evaluate lim x  6  3 and lim lim tan x

x3 x  3 x0 2x
Solution
x  6 3 x  6 3
lim x  6  3 = lim 
x3 x  3 x3 x 3 x  6 3
= lim x 69
x3 (x  3)( x  6  3)
= lim x 3
x3 (x  3)( x  6  3)
= 1 1
9 3 6
sin x
tan x
lim = lim cos x
x0 2x x0 2x
= lim sin x
x0 2x cos x
= lim  1  sin x  1 
 
x0  2 x cos x 
= 1 1 1  1
2 1 2
5
Q-3. Evaluate
x 1
lim 1 2  4 x......  2 and lim (cx  d)(px  q)
x 2 1 x x2
Solution
x 1
lim 1 2  4 x......  2
x 2 1
1(2x 1)
 lim 2x1 (1,2,4,.....,2x 1 is a G.P with a = 1, r = 2,
x 2  1
n
n = x and Sn  a(r 1) )
r 1
x
= lim 2x 1
x 2  1
1 1x 1 0
= lim 2  1
x 1 1 1 0
2x
lim (cx  d)(px  q) = lim (cx  d)  (px  q)
x x2 x x x
q
= lim (c  d )(p  )
x x x
= (c  0)(p  o)  cp
Derivatives
Let y = f(x) be a given funciton.
Suppose y = f(x)
y  y  f (x  x)
y  f (x  x)  f (x), where δx, δy are small increments in x
and y respectively.
y f (x  x)  f (x)
=
x x
lim y = lim f (x  x)  f (x)
x0 x x0 x
6
The derivative (or) the rate of change of function y = f (x) with

dy df (x)
respect to x is written by (or) (or) y (or) f '(x) .
dx dx
 dy  lim y = lim f (x  x)  f (x)
dx x0 x x0 x
The derivative by using this formula is called the differentiation
from "first principles".
The derivative of y = f(x) at x = a is
f '(a)  lim f (a  h)  f (a) where h is a small increment in a.
h0 h
Q-4 Differentiate y  1 with respect to x at x = 2 from the first

x
principles.
Solution
y 1
x
y  y = 1
x  x
y  1  1 = x  x  x
x  x x x  x x
= x  x  x  x  x  x
x  x x x  x  x
= x  x  x
 x  x x   x  x   x 
  
y =  1
x ( x  x x )( x  x  x )
dy = lim y
dx x0 x
= lim 1
x0  x  x x   x  x  x 
  
=  1
x x x  x
= 1

x 2 x 
1 1 2
At x = 2, dy =  =– =–
dx 2(2 2) 4 2 8
7
Q- 5. Differentiate f (x)  1 with respect to x at x = 2 from the

x2
first principles.
Solution
f (x)  1
x2
f (x  x) = 1
(x  x)2
f (x  x)  f (x) = 1  1
(x  x)2 x 2
x 2  (x  x)2
=
(x  x)2 x 2
x 2  x 2  2xx  (x)2
=
(x  x)2 x 2
= (2x  x)x
(x  x)2 x 2
f (x  x)  f (x) (2x  x)
=
x (x  x) 2 x 2
f (x  x)  f (x)
f  (x) = lim
x  0
x
(2x  x)
= lim
x  0
(x  x) 2 x 2
(2x  0) 2x 2
= =  
(x  0) 2 x 2 x4 x3
2 2 1
when x = 2, f  (x) =    
(2) 3 8 4
8
Some particular Derived functions

dC
(1)  0 , where C is a constant.
dx
dx
(2) 1
dx
d(x n )
(3)  n.x n 1 , where n is an integer or a rational number
dx
(4) Let u (x) and v(x) are functions of x and C is a constant.
d d u(x) d v(x)
dx
 u(x)  v(x)  =
dx

dx
d d u(x)
(5)
dx
 C.u (x) =C
dx
Q-6 Find the derivatives of the following with respect to x.

2x 3  3x 2
(i) (x +1) (x+2) (ii)
4 x
Solution
d d 2
(i)
dx
 (x  1)(x  2)  =
dx
(x  3x  2) = 2x +3
d  2x 3  3x 2  d  2x 3  d  3x 2 
(ii) = 
dx  4 x  dx  4 x  dx  4 x 
5 3
1 d (x ) 3 d x
2 2
= 
2 dx 4 dx
1 5 32 3 3 12
= . .x  . .x
2 2 4 2
5 32 9 12
= x  x
4 8
9
Tangent line and Normal line

The equation of the tangent line at (x1, y1) is y –y1 = m(x –x1).
1
The equation of the normal line at (x1,y1) is y–y1 = – (x–x1)
m
Y
normal
y = f(x)
tangent
(x1, y1)
O X
 dy 
where m =   = the gradient of the tangent at (x1, y1).
 dx   x ,y 
1 1
Note (1) The curve cuts the X– axis  y = 0.

(2) The curve cuts the Y –axis  x = 0.
10
Q - 7 Find the equation of the normal line to the curve

1
y = x2 –3x+2 which has gradient of .
2
Solution
y = x2 –3x +2
dy
The gradient of the tangent = = 2x –3.
dx
1
The gradient of the normal =
2
the gradient of the tangent = m = –2
 2x –3 = –2
1
x=
2
1 1 1
When x = , y = ( ) 2 –3 ( ) +2
2 2 2
1 3 3
=  2
4 2 4
1 3
The equation of the normal line at ( , ) is
2 4
1
y –y1 = – (x –x1)
m
3 1 1
y– =– (x – )
4 ( 2) 2
3 1 1
y– = (x– )
4 2 2
2x – 4y + 2 =0
x – 2y + 1 =0
11
Q - 8 Find the equations of the tangent and normal to the curve

y = x3 –4x2 +5x –2 at x = 3.
Solution
y = x3 –4x2 + 5x –2
When x = 3, y = (3)3 –4 (3)2 + 5(3) –2
= 27– 36 + 15 –2 = 4
dy
= 3x2 – 8x +5
dx
dy
When x = 3, = 3(3)2 – 8(3) +5
dx
= 27 – 24 + 5 = 8
m =8
The equation of the tangent line at (3, 4) is
y – y1 = m (x – x1)
y–4 = 8 (x–3)
y–4 = 8x – 24
8x – y = 20
The equation of the normal line at (3, 4) is
1
y – y1 =– (x – x1)
m
1
y–4 = – (x –3)
8
8y –32 = –x + 3
x + 8y = 35
Let u = u(x) and v = v(x) be functions of x.

d dv du
dx
 u.v =u
dx
 v , (Product rule)
dx
12
du dv
d u  v u
= dx dx , (Quotient rule)
dx  v  v 2
If y = f(u) and u = u(x),

dy dy du
then = . , (Chain rule)
dx du dx
d n n 1 d u(x)
dx
 u(x) = n  u(x)  .
dx
,
where n is an integer or a rational number
Q - 9 Differentiate the following with respect to x

2x  7
(i) x  7 (x 2  2)7 (ii)
x7
Solution
d 
(i) x  7(x 2  2)7 
dx  
1
d (x 2  2)7 d (x  7) 2
= x7  (x 2  2)7
dx dx
=
d (x 2  2) 1 1 d (x  7)
2
x  7 .7(x  2) 6 2 7
 (x  2) (x  7) 2
dx 2 dx
1 1
2 6 2 7
= x  7.7 (x  2) (2x)  (x  2) . (x  7) 2
2
13
1
d (2x  7) d (x  7) 2
d  2x  7  x7  (2x  7)
(ii) = dx dx
dx  x  7  2
 x7 
1 1 d (x  7)
x  7(2)  (2x  7). (x  7) 2
= 2 dx
x7
(2x  7)
2 x7 (1)
= 2 x  7
x7
4(x  7)  2x  7
=
2(x  7) x  7
2x  35
= 3
2(x  7) 2
Higher Order derivatives

If y = f(x) then
dy d f (x)
 = f  (x)  y 
dx dx
d 2 y d 2 f (x)
 = f  (x)  y 
dx 2 dx 2
d 3 y d 3 f (x)
 = f (x)  y 
dx 3 dx 3
d 2 y d3 y d 4 y
, , , ….. are higher order derivatives of y = f(x) with
dx 2 dx 3 dx 4
respect to x.
14
3 2 dy d 2 y d3y
Q. 10 Let y = 5x +7x +6. Find , ,
dx dx 2 dx3
Solution
y = 5x3 +7x2 +6
dy
= 5(3x2) + 7 (2x) = 15x2+ 14 x
dx
d2 y
= 15 (2x) + 14 = 30x +14
dx 2
d3 y
= 30.
dx 3
2 2 3
2  dy   d y 
Q-11 If y = x +2x +3 , show that     2  = 4y.
 dx   dx 
Solution
y = x2 +2x +3
dy
= 2x +2
dx
d2y
=2
dx 2
2 2 3
 dy   d y 
L.H.S =    2
 dx   dx 
= (2x +2)2 + (2)3
= 4x2 + 8x +4 + 8
= 4 (x2 + 2x +3)
=4y
= R.H. S
15
Differentiation of Implicit functions

consider an equation containing x and y.
The equation cannot be easily expressed as y = f(x). Then f(x) is
an implicit function.
dy
Q- 12 Find if x2 – xy2 –y3 = 2
dx
Solution
x2 –xy2 –y3 = 2
Differentiate with respect to x.
2
 dy dx  dy
2x –  x  y 2 .   3y 2 . =0
 dx dx  dx
dy 2 dy
2x – x . 2y –y – 3y2 . =0
dx dx
dy
(2xy + 3y2) = 2x –y2
dx
dy 2x  y 2
=
dx 2xy  3y 2
16
Q - 13 Find the equation of the tangent line to the curve

2x2 +3y2 = 2xy +23 at the point (2,3).
Solution
2x2 +3y2 = 2xy +23
Differentiate with respect to x.
dy  dy 
2.2x + 3 . 2y
dx
=2  x dx  y.1  0
dy dy
4x + 6y = 2x +2y
dx dx
dy
(6y –2x) = 2y – 4x
dx
dy 2y  4x y  2x
= =
dx 6y  2x 3y  x
dy 3 4 1
At (2, 3), = =
dx 92 7
1
m =–
7
The equation of the tangent line at (2, 3) is
y – y1 = m (x–x1)
1
y–3 =– (x–2)
7
7y – 21 = –x + 2
7y + x = 23
17
Differentiation of Trigonometric Functions

1 d sin x d sin u du
 cos x  cos u
dx dx dx
2 d cos x d cos u du
  sin x   sin u
dx dx dx
3 d tan x d tan u du
 sec 2 x  sec 2 u.
dx dx dx
4 d cot x d cot u du
  cosce 2 x   cosec 2 u.
dx dx dx
5 d dsec u du
sec x  sec x.tan x  secu.tan u.
dx dx dx
6 d d cosec u du
cos ce x   cos ec x.cot x   cosce u.cot u.
dx dx dx
Logarithmic and Exponential Functions

d 1 d 1 du(x)
1. ln(x)  , ln.u(x)  .
dx x dx u(x) dx
ln = logarithm to the base "e".
log e x = ln x is called natural logarithm.
d 1 d u (x ) 1 e du(x)
2. log10 x  log10 e , log10  .log10
dx x dx u(x) dx
d 1
3. log a x  log a e ,
dx x
d 1 du(x)
log a u(x)  .log a e
dx u(x) dx
x u(x)
de de du(x)
4.  ex ,  e u (x ) ,
dx dx dx
Where e = exponential number
da x x da u(x) du(x)
 a ln a ,  a u (x ) ln a. , where a > 0.
dx dx dx
18
dy
Q.14 Find (i) y=2x log10 (x+1), (ii) xey + ln(xy) = sin x.
dx
Solution
dy d
(i) = [2x log10 (x+1)]
dx dx
d
x d2 x
=2 log10(x+1) + log10 (x+1)
dx dx
1 e d
= 2x × log10 (x  1)  log10 (x  1)  2x ln 2
x 1 dx
2x e
= log10  2x ln 2log10 (x  1)
x 1
(ii) xey + ln (xy) = sin x
Differentiate with respect to x
de y dx 1 d(xy)
x  ey   cos x
dx dx xy dx
dy 1  dy 
x ey  ey  x  y   cos x
dx xy  dx
dy 1 dy 1
x ey  ey    cos x
dx y dx x
dy 1 dy 1
xe y   cos x  e y 
dx y dx x
 y 1  dy 1
 x e    cos x  e y 
y  dx x
1
dy cos x  e y 
= x
dx 1
xe y 
y
19
Q.15 Given that y = e3x sin 2x prove that

d2y dy
2
 6  13y  0.
dx dx
Solution
y = e3x sin 2x
d sin 2x de3x
dy  sin 2x
= e3x dx dx
dx
= e3x. cos 2x . 2 + sin 2x . e3x . 3
= e3x (2 cosx 2x + 3 sin 2x)
d2 y
dx 2 = e3x (–4sin 2x + 6cos2x) + 3e3x (2cos2x + 3sin 2x)
= e3x (–4sin 2x + 6cos 2x + 6cos 2x +9sin 2x)

= e3x (5sin 2x + 12cos 2x)
d2 y dy
L.H.S = 2  6  13y
dx dx
= e3x (5 sin 2x + 12 cos 2x) – 6e3x (2 cos 2x + 3 sin 2x) + 13 e3x sin 2x
= e3x (5 sin 2x + 12 cos 2x – 12 cos 2x – 18 sin 2x + 13 sin 2x)
= e3x (0)
=0
= R.H.S
20
Application of Differentiations
Sign of the derivative
Let y = f(x)
dy
When > 0, it means y increases as x increases.
dx
dy
When < 0, it means that y decreases as x increases
dx
Stationary Points
Let y = f(x) be given.
dy
The point where = 0 is called the stationary point.
dx
(1) maximum point
turning points
(2) minimum point
(3) point of inflexion
Maximum point
dy + –
တန္ဖိုးသည္ (+ မွ – သို႔)
dx
dy d2 y
A point is maximum when =0 and 2 < 0 at that point.
dx dx
Minimum point
dy
တန္ဖိုးသည္ (– မွ + သို႔) – +
dx
dy d2y
A point is minimum when =0 and > 0 at that point.
dx dx 2
21
Inflexion Point + –
dy
တန္ဖိုးသည္ ( +မွ +သိ႕ု ) or (- မွ - သို႕) +
dx –
dy d2 y
အကယ္၍ = o ႏွင့္  0 ျဖစ္လွ်င္ the first Derivative Test
dx dx 2
ကိုအသံုးျပဳ၍ ဆံုးျဖတ္ပါ Q - 16 ကိုၾကည့္ပါ။
Q- 16 Find the stationary point of the curve y = 3 – (2x –1)4 and

determine its nature.
Solution
y = 3 – (2x –1)4
dy d(2x  1)
= – 4 (2x–1)3
dx dx
= –8 (2x–1)3
dy
For the stationary point, =0
dx
–8 (2x–1)3 = 0
1
x =
2
1
When x = ,y=3
2
1
The stationary point is ( , 3).
2
d2 y
2
= –24 (2x –1)2 × 2
dx
= –48 (2x –1)2
1 d2 y
When x = , 2 = 0
2 dx
22
1 1 1
x< x= x>
2 2 2
dy
sign of
dx
+ 0 –
sketch of tangent
outline of graph
1
Hence, ( , 3) is a maximum point.
2
23
Q.17 Determine the turning points on the curve

y = x3–4x2–3x+18. State whether each of these points is a
maximum or minimum.
Solution
y = x3–4x2–3x+18
dy
= 3x2–8x–3
dx
d2y
= 6x – 8
dx 2
dy
when =0
dx
3x2 – 8x – 3 =0
(3x + 1) (x–3) =0
3x + 1 = 0 (or) x–3 = 0
1
x= – (or) x = 3
3
1 1 1 1
when x = – , y = ( ) 3 –4(– )2–3(– )+18
3 3 3 3
1 4 14
=    1  18  18
27 9 27
3 2
when x = 3, y = (3) – 4(3) – 3 (3) + 18
= 27 – 36 – 9 + 18
=0
 1 14 
The turning points are   ,18  and (3, 0).
 3 27 
1 d2y 1
when x = – , 2 = 6 (– )–8 = –10 < 0
3 dx 3
 1 14 
   ,18  is a maximum point
 3 27 
d2 y
when x = 3, 2 6(3)–8 = 10 > 0
dx
 (3, 0) is a minimum point
24
Q. 18 What is the largest area possible for a right triangle

whose hypotenuse is 8 cm long.
Solution

Let an acute angle of right  be . (0 <  < )
8 sin 
2 
 two legs are 8 cos  and 8 sin  
8 cos 
Then the area of the right  is
1
A = (8 cos ) (8 sin)
2
= 32 sin  cos 
= 16 × 2 sin  cos 
 sin
dA
cos
d
 = 32 cos 2
For the stationary value of A,
dA

d
32 cos 2 =0
cos 2  
 
  ( 0 <  < )
2 2

=
4
d2 A
= 32 (–sin 2) (2)
d 2
25
= –64 sin 2
 d2 A 
When  = , = –64 sin = –64 × 1 = – 64 < 0
4 d 2 2

 A has maximum value when  = .
4
The largest area of the right triangle = A = 16 sin 2 

 sin
2
= 16 × 1 = 16 cm2
26
Q. 19 Given that the volume of a solid cylinder of radius r cm

is 250  cm3, find the value of r for which the total
surface area of the solid is minimum.
Solution
Let r = radius and h = height of the cylinder.
Then volume of the cylinder is r
r2h = 250, (given)
h
250
h =
r2
The total surface area of the solid cylinder is
A = 2r2 + 2rh
250
= 2r2 + 2r ( )
r2
500
= 2r2 + , (r > 0)
r
dA 500
= 4r – 2
dr r
dA 500
When = 0, 4r – 2 = 0
dr r
500
  4r=
r2
r3 = 125
r = 5 cm
d2 A 1000
= 4
dr 2 r3
27
d2 A 1000
When r = 5, 2 = 4 
dr 53
1000
  4 
125
  
When the total surface area of minimum, r = 5cm.
28
Q.20 A rectangular field is surrounded by a fence on three of its

sides and a straight hedge on the fourth side. If the length
of the fence is 320 meters, find the maximum area of the
field enclosed.
Solution
Let the length of the field = xm x
Let the breadth of the field = ym y y

The fence is 320 m
 x + 2y = 320 Straight hedge
2y = 320 – x
x
y = 160 –
2
The area of the field is, A = xy
x
= x (160 – )
2
x2
= 160x –
2
dA
= 160 – x
dx
dA
For stationary value of A, =0
dx
160 – x =0
x = 160
d2 A
=–1
dx 2
29
d2 A
When x = 160, = –1 < 0
dx 2
A has a maximum value when x = 160.
160
When x = 160, y = 160 – = 160 – 80 = 80
2
The maximum area of the field = (160) (80) = 12800m2

Approximation
y dy
For y = f(x),
x dx
 dy 
y   x where x, y are small increments in x and y
dx
respectively.
Percentage
x
Percentage increase in x =  100%
x
y
Percentage increase in y =  100%
y
30
Q. 21 Find the approximate change in the volume of a sphere

when its radius decreases from 5 cm to 4.97 cm.
Solution
Let v be the volume of a sphere
r be the radius of a sphere
4 3
v= r
3
dv
= 4r2
dr
Since r decreases from 5 cm to 4.97 cm,
r = 5, r + r = 4.97
r= 4.97 – 5 = – 0.03
dv
At r = 5, = 42 = 100
dr
 dv 
v   .r
dr
v 100 (–0.03)
v –3 cm3
The approximate change in v = –3 cm3
31
Q. 22 Given that y = 2x2 + 3x, find the approximate percentage

change in y when x decreases from 2 to 1.97.
Solution
y = 2x2 + 3x
dy
= 4x + 3
dx
Since x decreases from 2 to 1.97.
x= 2, x + x = 1.97
x = 1.97 – 2 = –0.03
When x = 2, y = 2(2)2 + 3 (2)
= 8 + 6 = 14
dy
when x = 2, = 4(2) + 3 = 11
dx
dy
y ( ) x = 11 × (–0.03) = –0.33
dx
y
The approximate percentage decrease in y = × 100
y
0.33
=  100
14
= 2.357%
32
Q. 23 Using the derivative of a suitable function, find an

approximate value of 3 65 .
Solution
3
Let y = x
dy 1  2 3 1
 x  2
dx 3 3x 3
When x = 64 , x + x = 65
x = 1
dy 1 1 1
At x = 64,  2
 
dx 3
3  16 48
3(64)
 dy  1 1
y    x   1 
dx 48 48
When x = 64, y  3 64  3 43  4
3 1 193
65 = y + y 4+  = 4.021
48 48
 3 65 4.021
33
7. Evaluation
The teacher discuss the following problem to the students.
Q. 1. Given that x2 – y2 = 5, show that y2y" + xy' = y.
sin x  cos x dy
2. Given that y = , show that  1  y2 .
sin x  cos x dx
3. Find the equations of the tangent and the normal to the
curve y = 2e3x at the point where x = 0.
4. Find the coordinates of the turning point on the curve
y = x3 –3x2 – 9x + 7, distinguish between minimum and
maximum point.
5. Find two positive numbers whose sum is 20 and whose
product is as large as possible.
8. Exercises (12.1) to (12.11)

ယခုေဖာ္ျပထားေသာ ပုစာၦမ်ားသည္ သင္ျပနည္းႏွင့္ မွားယြင္းတတ္
သည့္ အခ်က္အလက္မ်ားကိုသာ ေကာက္ႏုတ္ေဖာ္ျပထားျခင္း ျဖစ္ပါသည္။




တက္ကသိုလ်ဝင်တန်း သင်္ချာ DBE အနှစ်ချုပ်

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

တက္ကသိုလ်ဝင်တန်း သင်္ချာ DBE အနှစ်ချုပ်

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Phyo Min Zaw (M.C.

Sc) MCK Education Center Math

၁မွတ္တန္ ၂၅ပုဒ္ အခန္းလိုက္ ေမးေသာ နံပါတ္မ်ား

4. Chapter (10) Vector / Chapter (8) Circles(3marks)

5. Chapter (11) Trigo(3marks)

6. Chapter (12)Calculus/ Limit(3marks)

(၅မွတ္တန္) ႀကိဳက္ရာ (၆)ပုဒ္ေျဖ

8. (a) Chapter (2)remainder / factor(5 marks)

10. (a) Chapter (5) GP(5 marks)

11. (a) Chapter (6)Matrices(5 marks)

12. (a) Chapter (8) Circles(5 marks)

13. (a) Chapter(9) Similarity(5 marks)

14. (a) Chapter (11) Trigo(5 marks)

15. (a)Chapter (12)Calculus(5 marks)

3. A set of order pairs

A function from a set A to a set B

1.2 Function Notation

 f maps both 2 and -3 to 9.

 The image of 2 under g = g(2)

Change a=31.62 and t(30°)=1.366to three significant figure.

1.3 Some ideas on Functions

Some useful functions

(2) Identity function on A

(3) Modulus function

Fig: modulus function.

1.4 Composite function of Functions

1.5 Some Properties of Composite of functions.

1.6 Inverse functions

To find Inverse function

Our main purpose is to obtain a function from B to A.

This does not give us a function from B to A.

This does not give us a function from B to A.

Condition for Existence Inverse function

Domain of f = {x| x∈R, x≠k, k=constant}

1.8 Binary operation

Prove if f(x) is divided by (x-k), the remainder is f(k)

The factor theorem

(1) (x-k) is a factor of f(x)f(k)=0

If also the polynomial +, - , +, -,

They are -1, -2, -3, -4, -6, -12.

ဆခြဲကိန္း factor ၁ခုရလွ်င္ စားပါ။

o Factorize completely ဟု ေမးလွ်င္

 Solve ေမးလွ်င္ ေပးထားခ်က္တြင္ f(x)=0 ဟု ေပးရမည္။ xကို ရွာခိုင္းျခင္း ျဖစ္သည္။

Common factor / Common root

f(c) = g(c) ညီေပး

Prove that nCr= nCn-r.

2. If −x2---------, you can get parabola.

The solution set= {x/x<A or x>B}

The solution set ={x/A<x<B}

> The solution set=R

< The solution set= ϕ

x<-3 x= -3 -3<x<2 x=2 x>2

The solution set of (x-2) (x+3)≥0 is {x/ x≤-3 or x≥2}

If you know the last term (l)

If you don’t know the last term (l)

Relation between term and the sum

 Let (a-2d), (a-d), a, (a+d), (a+2d) is an A.P.

 S18= u1+ u2+………..+u18

 The sum of first five term is S5.

Geometric Progression (G.P)

Multiplication of a matrix by a real number

BA does not exit.